Home

MDS Intrepid MDS Intrepid Ultra

1. m LAN e TRUNKS EIT IDUE d z ODU bl bad bud a Eaj bad Eaj a ALARMS STBY PRIMARY SECONDARY gt 305 seeseses lt 8 Gs Gos A Figure 3 2 TDM Ethernet IDU E Front Panel Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Turning On the Unit 3 1 Chapter 3 Operation Installation and Operation Manual Name IDU ODU AIR I F SVC HSS 3 2 HSS SERVICE LINK ODU IDU PWR O O OQ TRO Figure 3 3 ID S Front Panel Table 3 1 Front Panel LEDs a fae es oouaoou communicator hissed fei purae msonara O Green On The ODU is HSS master generating signal and synchronization is Front panel OK Blinking The ODU is HSS client and synchronization is OK HSS not operational due to improper signal detection This ODU is not transmitting Orange HSS is operational One of the following conditions apply This ODU is a master that is generating and detecting signals This ODU is a master that is generating signals but detected improper signals This ODU is a client Continue Tx but is not detecting signals This ODU is a client Disable Tx and is detecting signals from multiple sources All orange cases transmit Off HSS is not active or ODU is disconnected from IDU Turning On the Unit Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual STBY an MHS Mode Link State Front panel Green LINK Green Parameter Aging Time Ethernet Mode Freque
2. Use PC Time Figure 4 42 Manually Changing Date and Time Locking the Link Link Lock is a part of the security concept intended to meet a form of abuse encountered in the field It is designed to prevent the situation where a remote ODU can be stolen and used as a pirate link to steal services or information The Link Lock feature actually locks the local ODU to be synchronized ONLY to specific remote ODU It is a site oriented feature The lock can only be set from a live link It is based on MAC authentication and is site oriented and activated on a per ODU basis For example if you lock the Site B ODU to the Site A ODU you must still lock the Site A ODU to the Site BODU to ensure complete two way locking Link Lock can only be removed when the link is unsynchronized In such a case an alarm is raised by the Link Manager To lock a link 1 Click Configuration from the main menu 2 Select which site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens 3 Choose Security The Security dialog box is displayed Figure 4 43 gt Site Configuration A Fie Actors Heb vd m Backup Suton Of oe Syste w Air interlace SNMP Cormunties F Tx Power amp Ant j 7 Hub Site Sme O Management 2 Invertory Lirk Faspmori Let Pacewod Lk Loci Date amp Time Sy C lock he lind O Advanced a Ethernet D Exteel Marts Operations Figure 4 43 Security Configuration Intrepid and Intrepid Ultr
3. Each site must be configured separately first site A then site B To define the management addresses 1 Click Configuration from the main menu 2 Select which site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens 3 Select Management see Figure 4 20 4 Enter the IP address of the ODU in the IP address field If performing configuration from the Link Manager the IP address is that entered from the Login window 5 Enter the subnet mask 6 Enter the default gateway 7 Enter the trap destination This is the IP address of the PC running the management application The event log will be stored at this address 8 Click Apply to save the changes Configuring for Management Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Notes Site Configuration A File Actions Help bed R Backup Restore Aeteh EF Synem w Ar interlace Buere Ott Management Netwak Parameters WAN Paotocal i Tx Power amp Ant IP Adder t92 168 2 Hub Sie Sync i Subret Magt PR Management i Invertory Ei Secun Dats amp Time Default Gewa O Advanced d Ethemet z TOM Serice iF Extemal lsm 3 iperatians Figure 4 20 Site Configuration Management Chapter 4 Configuration The Installation mode button opens the Link Installation wizard to reinstall the link This option must be used only when the radio link is operational Activation of the installation mode without an active
4. An immediate consequence of the FCC IC regulation for 5 4 5 3 GHz is that the standard method of link installation using a single default fixed installation channel cannot be used Instead of the installation procedure of Chapter 2 a link activation method is used The ODUs are either supplied from the factory ready for use at 5 4 GHz or 5 3 GHz FCC IC or alternatively they can be set up for these bands using the Link Manager I 1 Activating FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link To activate a FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz link 1 Install Link Manager software as usual 2 Connect the PC to the IDU ODU pair to be used as the local site 3 Run the Link Manager and log in as Installer You will see the following window with the Link Status label red and showing Inactive Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Activating FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link l 1 Appendix FCC IC DFS Installation Procedure Installation and Operation Manual fe Confereten Too Mertenece feb IP Ackbese 192 100 2100 Subret Mash 255 255 2550 Trap Oestevstert 0 0 0 0 Oeste amp Tere Mensege SUH 1447S Corrected to Locator IP Adress 152 160 2501 Figure l 1 Activating an ODU Inactive Manager Window 4 Select Site Location gt Air Interface for the logged in site The Air Interface dialog box opens Site Confieuration cation BI 5 2 Aeberh Puzza Auto Inetallebor Mods _ BP Syitem Au interface rey a a J Hub Site Sro B Managemen
5. J Em in ho a Antenna Heightim 10 Close The following range is calculated and displayed Min 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Range Max 69 Krn 42 9 Miles Requirediclimate EAN Km Coordinates Good C 0 25 6 Select climatic C Factor value from a drop down list of Climactic C Factor values located to the right of the green Coordinates button Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Using the Link Budget Calculator C 9 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Link B Band Product Series Channel Bandwidth Tx Power Antenna Type Antenna Gain Radio Cable Loss EIRP Fade Margin Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin Min Range Max Required Climate Type Services Ethernet Throughput Installation Antenna height for LOS Installation and Operation Manual Link AirMun 400 100M 4 20 Miz S i auo w el 18 dBm 8 18 Dual 3dB SiteA 23 SiteB 23 dBi Site A O Site BO dB Link A 44 dBm 25 1 Watt 6 dB 117 Mb s 2 x 64 0AM 0 75 Adaptive C 64 dBm 6 dB 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles 10 9 Km 6 8 Miles 10 km is EE v Ethernet Only Average C 1 Moderate C 2 99 9871 availability downtime Difficult C 4 Very Difficult C 6 79 4 Mb s 43 6 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Figure C 9 Selecting Climate Factor Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg and Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD
6. 6 RD A 5 TDM Ports Function Transmit Data positive Transmit Data negative Receive Data positive Receive Data negative The E1 T1 interfaces terminate in balanced 8 pin RJ 45 connectors wired in accordance with Table A 3 Table A 3 E1 T1 Connector Pinout Pin Signal 1 TxTip 2 TxRing 4 RxTip 5 RxRing A 4 DC Power Terminal Function Transmit Data Tip Transmit Data Ring Receive Data Tip Receive Data Ring DC power terminal of the IDU is a 3 pin connector wired in accordance with Table A 4 IDU Table A 4 Terminal Block 3 pin 48 VDC Connector Pinout Pin Connection Right Center Chassis Left A 2 DC Power Terminal GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual PoE Unit Appendix A Connection Data Power terminal of a 48 VDC PoE device is wired in accordance with Table A 5 Table A 5 Terminal Block 2 pin 48 VDC Connector Pinout Pin Right Left Connection A 5 Alarm Connector The Alarm interface Is a 25 pin D type female connector Table 4 6 lists the alarm connector pinout GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 I O Input 1 Input 1 Input 2 Input 2 Input 3 Input 3 Input 4 Input 4 Output 1 Output 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 2 Output 2 Output 3 Output 3 Output 3 Table A 6 Alarm Connector Dry Contact Description Pin Positive 14 Negative 15 Positive 16 Negative 17 Positive 18 Negative 19 Positive 20 Negative 21
7. Link Password esceeoeeescosees Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 2 Link Configuration Wizard System Dialog Box 4 2 Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration 4 Inthe System dialog box enter the new data for the link All fields with a white background can be edited Procedure for changing a link password is the same as during the link installation process see Defining System Parameters in Chapter 2 5 Click Next The Frequency dialog box appears Selecting Channels The user is required to define the operating frequency channel Procedure for selecting channels is the same as during the link installation process see Selecting Channels in Chapter 2 Automatic Channel Select enables Intrepid Series Radio to change frequency channels automatically if the quality of the current operating channel deteriorates Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz Channel Bandwidth MHz 20 Automatic Channel Selection Available Channels List GHz 5 735 5 750 5 765 5 780 5 795 5 510 5 740 foo 5 770 5 709 5 800 gals 5 745 5 760 ace 5 7930 5 805 5 820 lt ti Reselect Channel Select All Clear All i Cancel Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 4 3 Channel Select Dialog Box Automatic Channel Selection
8. Ring Protection solution prevents Ethernet loops in the ring at all times The ring is always broken somewhere e Under a ring configuration a Ring Link that was down and commences recovery keeps blocking Ethernet traffic The RPL identifies this situation blocks itself and then unblocks the other Ring Link This is the transition from step 4 to 5 in Figure 4 7 e If the failed hop is not a link then there are two possibilities f the hop Ring Link can signal that it is down by issuing a Loss of Signal LOS at the Ethernet port then the RPL will control the link connected to that port in the same manner as described above to prevent an Ethernet loop Otherwise there may be a short loop period when the RPL is still open for traffic and the Ring Link is also unblocked during the Minimum time for recovery Supported Ethernet Ring Topologies The following ring topologies are supported e Standalone ring The ring is not connected to other rings am f E nI T R a f f T i tan Gt amp k Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration e Single homed ring One of the nodes is connected to another network ring e Dual homed ring Two adjacent nodes are connected through a non link for example microwave or fiber Note e The network has to be layer 2 and support VLANs e The ring contro broadcasts RPM packets Hence i
9. To choose a channel automatically 1 Select the main frequency from the Operating Channel menu 2 Select the required bandwidth 3 Click the check box if Automatic Channel Selection is required 4 Click the check boxes in the Available Channels List of all the allowable channels that can be automatically selected 5 Ifyou are not satisfied with the channel that is selected automatically click Reselect Channel A new channel will be selected from one of the Available Channels that have been defined Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 3 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual By clicking Reselect Channel the ODU starts scanning all the channels from the available channels list and looks for radio frequency activity in each of the channels It tries to select the optimal pure channel If another channel is required the operating channel that the ODU finds most pure must be removed from the available channel list Note 6 Click Next To choose a channel manually 1 Leave the Automatic Channel Selection box unchecked 2 Select the main frequency from the Operating Channel menu If you select other operating channel an additional spin box is displayed It allows you to fine tune the frequency in increments of 5 MHz within a range of 5 740 5 835 GHz 3 Select the required channel bandwidth The available choices are 10 20 and 40 MHz for Intrepid Ultra or 10 20 MHz for Int
10. cowMismatch gpsNotSynchronized tdmServiceClear ethServiceOpened E 54 120 121 122 123 124 126 127 129 130 151 200 201 Severity major major major major major major major normal major major normal normal MIB Traps Installation and Operation Manual Description Indicates that HSS additional sync pulse was detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS additional sync pulse was detected Indicates that the TDM backup link was activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM backup alarm backup link was activated Indicates that the remote ODU is unauthorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Unauthorized remote ODU connection rejected Indicates that the ODU is unauthorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Unauthorized ODU connection rejected Indicates that the hot standby secondary link was activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Secondary Link Is Active Indicates that a device was inserted to SFP Port Indicates the SFP port 1 status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description SFP port 1 status changed to disconnected Indicates Desired UL DL RAtio Can Not Be Applied Indicates that a Channel Bandwidth
11. ifInErrors 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 14 x Counter RO The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol ifOutOctets 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 16 x Counter RO The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface including framing characters ifOutUcastPkts i SiOid ele eA x Counter RO The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested to be transmitted to a subnetwork unicast address including those that were discarded or not sent E 4 MIB Parameters Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID Type Description SSOD0V ifOutNUcastPkts 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 18 x Counter RO The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted to a non unicast i e a subnetwork broadcast or subnetwork multicast address including those that were discarded or not sent Note x is the interface ID Table E 2 Private MIB Parameters Name OID Type Description SSOD0V radwllMilOduAdmProductType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 1 DisplayString RO ODU configuration description radwllMilOduAdmHwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 2 DisplayString RO ODU Hardware Version radwlIlMilOduAdmSwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 3 DisplayString RO ODU Software Version radwllMilOduAdmLinkName 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 4 DisplayString RW Link Name A change is effective immediately radwllMilOduAdmResetC
12. ifType ifSpeed The general MIB include a single generic parameter that is used by all traps as a trap description parameter E 4 MIB Parameters The following section describes all of the MIB parameters The MIB parameters follow the following naming convention lt airmux400 gt lt Section 1 gt lt Section n gt lt Parameter Name gt For each of the configuration and control parameters parameters with read write access the Description column describes when the new value is effective It is recommended that you perform the appropriate action to make the values affective immediately after any change Where a change is required on both sides of the link it is recommended that you change both sides of the link first and then perform the action Table E 1 Supported RFC 1213 Variables OID Type Description SSO MSO alee ale Ale x Integer RO A unique value for each interface lts value ranges between 1 and the value of ifNumber The value for each interface must remain constant at least from one re initialization of the entity s network management system to the next re initialization LIG EZL 2212 DisplayString RO Atextual string containing information about the interface This string should include the name of the manufacturer the product name and the version of the hardware interface 13 6 1 212 21 3 Integer RO The type of interface distinguished according to the physical link protocol s immediately below th
13. 0 Miles Transmissic i Links operating at a channel bandwidth of 10MHz will be temporarily disabled 100 10 04 790 02 Monitor Link A Fadio Interface RSS dem Figure H 11 Services and Rates GE MDS Intrepid Ultra Master GE MDS Intrepid Clients Extreme Asymmetric Allocation By restricting one direction into the restricted area the more distant sites may not even be able to sustain the links much less sends or receive data e Asymmetric Allocation and Collocation If the link is collocated the use of Asymmetric Allocation is limited The effective available range for Asymmetric Allocation between the two circled tick in Figure H 10 is primarily determined by three factors The RFP in use B or E Channel bandwidth Link distance The first two parameters are entered during link installation configuration Possible scenarios are shown in Error Reference source not found Whenever asymmetric allocation is available it is static for all traffic conditions H 10 Radio Frame Pattern Table Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization H 1 Configuring an HSS Link For HSS enabled units the Hub Site Synchronization Settings dialog box appears in the Link Installation and Configuration Wizard Link Configuration Wizard Hub Site Synchronization Settings Settings For reducing mutual interference between multiple units at the
14. Jka heh amp Nu STEP 1 Attach item 1 to the base mate knurled surfaces using Items 2 3 4 3 as shown Use tigntening torque of 24 N m Attach item 6 to the arm mate knurled surfaces using items 2 3 4 3 aS shown Use tightening torque of 24 N m STEP 3 Install ant to wall hardware supplied by customer GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Mounting the ODU or O PoE B 3 Appendix B Mast and Wall Installation Installation and Operation Manual B 2 Mounting an External Antenna The optional external antenna can be mounted on a mast The external antenna mounting kit includes the following items e Twelve flat washers e Eight spring washers e Eight hex nuts e Four bolts e One U bracket e One pivoting bracket e Two metal strap clamps Toinstall external antenna on the mast 1 Attach the U bracket to the back of the antenna using four flat washers four spring washers and four hex nuts 2 Attach the pivoting bracket to the U bracket using eight flat washers four spring washers four hex nuts and four bolts 3 Pass both strap clamps through the vertical slots in the pivoting bracket 4 Attach the antenna to the mast using the two strap clamps 5 Adjust the required tilt using the angular scale and tighten all bolts and nuts at the required position B 3 Mounting a Connectorized ODU Horizontally An ODU may be mounted horizontally as shown below To mount an ODU horizontally
15. 1 To ensure your warranty rights for horizontally installed ODUs make sure that the four ports ANT1 ANT2 HSS and ODU are firmly secured or moisture sealed with the supplied caps 2 Verify that cables are connected using a water nose below B 4 Mounting a Connectorized ODU Horizontally GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix B Mast and Wall Installation Figure B 4 Mounted ODUs with Correct Water Nose 3 Do not do this Figure B 5 Incorrectly Mounted ODU No Water Nose Note If you attach an external PoE device close to the ODU the same considerations apply GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Mounting a Connectorized ODU Horizontally B 5 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator The Link Budget Calculator is a utility for calculating the expected performance of the Intrepid Series Radio wireless link and the possible configurations for a specific link range The utility allows you to calculate the expected RSS of the link and find the type of services and their effective throughput as a function of the link range and deployment conditions C 1 Initiating the Link Budget Calculator The Link Budget Calculator is supplied on the Manager CD It may be run directly from the CD or from the Manager application Torun the Link Budget Calculator directly from the CD 1 Insert the Link Manager CD into the drive on the managing computer In the window which opens
16. 2 SYNC 3 up to SYNC 9 in order without leaving empty ports 2 The next available SYNC port of the first HSS unit should be connected to SYNC 10 of the second HSS unit as shown in Figure G 7 In the illustration the next available port on the first HSS unit is SYNC 6 3 The second HSS unit may be filled out with up to nine more ODUs in reverse order That is connect SYNC 9 SYNC 8 SYNC 7 as shown in Figure G 7 Figure G 7 Cascading Two HSS Units Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Hardware Installation G 5 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual G 6 Note W gt co co cag Do CS ES GDE D 2 co Eo E bsc 4 To add a further HSS unit Connect the next available SYNC port from the second HSS unit in descending order SYNC 5 in Figure G 7 to SYNC 1 of the third HSS unit 5 ODUs are connected to the third HSS unit from SYNC 2 as shown in Figure G 8 in ascending order Figure G 8 Cascading Three HSS Units 6 If further ODUs are required observe the convention that additional even numbered units are populated in descending order from SYNC 9 and odd numbered HSS units are populated in ascending order from SYNC 2 If an ODU is disconnected from an HSS unit then all remaining ODUs must be moved up or down to maintain the connectivity Condition 2 Total HSS Cable Length The total path of the HSS sync pulse must not exceed 300m 984 ft This applies no matter how many HSS
17. 90 91 89 90 5745 True 30 11 2009 08 20 52 89 90 90 91 89 90 5830 True 30 11 2009 08 20 52 92 94 93 94 92 93 5835 True 30 11 2009 08 20 52 92 94 93 95 92 94 5840 True 30 11 2009 08 20 52 92 94 93 95 92 94 Rx Power AntennaA 55 Rx Power AntennaB 55 Spectrum View Site B Frequency ls Scanned Last Scan Timestamp Last NF AntennaA Last NF AntennaB Average NF AntennaA Average NF Anten naB Max NF AntennaA Max NF AntennaB 5735 True 30 11 2009 08 20 53 91 90 92 91 91 90 2 26 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup 5740 True 30 11 2009 08 20 53 90 89 91 90 90 89 5745 True 30 11 2009 08 20 53 90 89 91 90 90 89 5830 True 30 11 2009 08 20 53 93 94 94 94 93 93 5835 True 30 11 2009 08 20 53 93 94 94 95 93 94 5840 True 30 11 2009 08 20 53 93 94 94 95 93 94 Rx Power AntennaA 57 Rx Power AntennaB 55 The column headings are wrapped around The table values in dBm are noise floor NF relative The CSV file imports easily into most spreadsheet programs such as MS Excel Note Spectrum view information is supported in the product MIB and can be used by external network management applications Installing the Link After the login the main Link Manager window is displayed Note For the purposes of illustration the following IP addresses wi
18. Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 4 lt User Text gt Alarm Cleared The trap is sent if SW versions match Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible The trap is sent if SW versions match and link functionality is not restricted Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible MIB Traps E 535 Appendix E MIB Reference Name swVersionsMatchSoftwareUpgradeRequiredClear swVersionsCompatibleClear hssMultipleSourcesDisappearedClear hssSyncToProperSourceAchievedClear hssSyncPulseDisappearedClear tdmBackupClear linkLockAuthorizedRemoteODU linkLockAuthorizedODU linkAuthenticationDisabled hotStandbyClear sfpExtraction sfoPort1Clear E 36 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 22 7 Severity normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal MIB Traps Installation and Operation Manual Description The trap is sent if SW versions match and SW upgrade is successful Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible The trap is sent if SW versions compatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible Indicates that multiple sync pulse
19. From the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box Tools gt Preferences select the required interface language from the Interface Language drop down box 2 Click OK to finish 4 48 Performing Additional Tasks Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Proterences Montor Events Advanced Abert Destore Alet Or Lpi 7 Enable Chech for Lpdates Irterface Langage FUP pereneters Montor terva Tiret i Figure 4 48 Preferences Dialog Box Advanced Tab Resetting Intrepid Series Radio Note Resetting the link causes service disconnection In order to maintain the link configuration reset the remote Intrepid Series Radio first To reset Intrepid Series Radio 1 From Maintenance reset the remote Intrepid Series Radio 2 From Maintenance reset the local Intrepid Series Radio To reset to factory defaults 1 Click Configuration in the Menu bar and select any one of the sites The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Select Operations in the Configuration dialog box Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Performing Additional Tasks 4 49 Chapter 4 Configuration 5 6 4 50 Installation and Operation Manual i Site Configuration A File Actions Help bi Backup ki Restore Refresh Q Buzzer Off Installation Mode Oper tions l Factory Settings System Q Air Interface e Tx Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync
20. GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Quick Start Guide Installation and Operation Manual BUZZER SIGNAL BESTSOFAR TEE INCREASED Qf SAME E DECREASED D NOAIRLINK _ HSS MISMATCH S ANTENNA ALIGNMENT Note e Three beeps and a pause is best signal so far e Two beeps and a pause is signal quality increased e One beep and pause is no change in signal e Long beep and short pause is signal quality decreased e One beep and a long pause is no air link e Any other signal does not relate to antenna alignment 10 Secure the site A antenna to the pole walll 11 Repeat steps 4 to 8 for site B GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Chapter 1 Introduction ial Overview Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra offer throughput capacity of 25Mbps Full Duplex 5SOMbps aggregate and 100 Mbps Full Duplex 200Mbps aggregate for cost effective point to point broadband wireless transmission device It transmits native Ethernet and TDM traffic TDMoIP over a variety of bands and is suitable for licensed and unlicensed deployment Product Options Wireless Link Capacity Intrepid PtP Systems are available with the following wireless link capacities e 25Mbps Full Duplex SOMbps aggregate e 100 Mbps Full Duplex 200Mbps aggregate Frequencies MDS Intrepid Products operates in different frequency ranges with versions for FCC ETSI and other regulations Table 1 1 Supported Frequencies Re
21. NFAntennaB radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelCACP 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 11 erformed radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelLastC 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 12 ACTimestamp radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelRada 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 13 rDetected radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelRada 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 14 rDetectionTimestamp radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelAvail 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 15 able radwllIMilOduAirAntConfAndRatesStatu 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 57 S radwllIMilOduAirDualAntTxMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 58 radwllIMilOduAirTxOperationMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 59 radwilMilOduAirDesiredNetMasterTxRa 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 60 1 tio radwillMilOduAirCurrentNetMasterTxRat 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 60 2 IO radwllMilOduAirMinUsableMasterTxRati 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 60 3 O radwllMilOduAirMaxUsableMasterTxRot 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 60 4 iO radwlIMilOduAirAccumulatedUAS 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 61 radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrTable E 16 MIB Parameters Type Integer TimetTicks Integer TimeTicks Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer SSOD0V RO RO RO RO RO RO RW RW RW RO RO RO RO N A Installation and Operation Manual Description Antenna B over all dwells read only Last CAC performed timestamp in hundredths of a second since device up ti
22. RF Cable j CAT 5e Cable HSS Cable HSS Unit SYNC 3 av YNE 4 SYNC S E E Pn ani fe ree Gre ew Vihar Generar trey Ore tt ptt ewe ports u mee Perera Corwen aty Figure J 5 Typical Installation Diagram PoE device Connecting the GSU Toconnect the GSU 1 Mount the GSU and the GPS antenna 2 Connect the GSU ODU port to PoE device 3 Connect the GSU to the HSS unit 4 Connect the external LAN port of the PoE device to the managing computer Note If you are accessing the GSU through a network it is essential that you use the IP preloading method The default IP address may be inaccessible and you may not use the Local Connection method over a network J 4 Configuring the GSU Use the method described in Appendix F to change the IP address from the default 10 0 0 120 In the example screen captures below we use 192 168 222 20 with subnet mask 255 255 252 0 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Configuring the GSU J 5 Appendix J GPS Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual To configure the GSU 1 Log in as described in Chapter 2 The Main window is displayed The main menu is a subset of the main menu applicable to Intrepid Notice that there are no Installation or Configuration wizards Such configuration as is necessary is carried out using a modified version of Site Configuration for Intrepid Fie Configuration Tools Maintenance Help 4 5i X F e 3 2 z Link Configur
23. The Preferences dialog box appears see Figure 5 6 2 Click the Events Tab 3 Select the file to save 4 Click the check box to open the file for saving 5 Click the button and in the Select File dialog box indicate in which folder and under what name the alarm log file is to be saved and click OK Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Handling Events 5 11 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual e Preferences Monitor Event Priority Event Color Critical Severe Mayor Minor Warring Normal Info Reset Settings Background Color Event Log File File dy DocumentsSE ventLog txt Figure 5 6 Preferences Dialog Box Event Log Tab Resetting the Monitoring and Alarm Preferences to Defaults You can restore all Monitor and Events settings to their original value by using the Advanced Preferences feature Toreset the monitoring and alarm preferences to defaults 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box appears Preferences Montor Events Advarced Alerts heck for Lodeh v Enable Check for Lindetes Interface Langues CTE FP parameters Montor Intervet Teront i Figure 5 7 Preferences Dialog Box Advanced Tab 5 12 Handling Events Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics 2 Click the Advanced tab see Figure 5 7 3 Click the Restore Alerts bu
24. 1 one dual polarization antenna can be shared by the primary link and the secondary link Air Interface Protection H 2 Air Interface protection is unique to GE and Is optimized for wireless links operating in license free bands The primary link and the secondary link use different frequency channels If the air interface of the primary link is disturbed and cannot carry the required TDM service then the system automatically switches to the secondary link In addition improved robustness and frequency planning flexibility is achieved as the primary and secondary air interfaces can operate in the same frequency band or in different frequency bands Automatic Channel Selection ACS can be configured for each link to add additional robustness The primary and secondary links are synchronized using Hub Site Synchronization HSS It is recommended that both sites be installed with HSS cables If HSS fails at one site it can be operated from the other site by remote configuration Hot Standby Package Contents Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link H 1 Hot Standby Package Contents In addition to the regular GE MDS Intrepid Series units and accessories the following items are required for implementation of a hot standby link e One MHS cable e Hot standby patch panels Figure H 2 Hot Standby Patch Panel H 2 Installing a Hot Standby Link The f
25. 1 4458 1000 2 2 16 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 1 1 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 4 4 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 1 3 radwlIMillduTdmMasterClockAvailOptio 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 2 1 E 26 MIB Parameters Type Integer Gauge Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer SSOD0V RO RO RW RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RW RO RW RO RO Installation and Operation Manual Description state Represents the Ethernet service availability state Current available Ethernet service throughput in bps Holds the maximum bandwidth kbps to be allocated for Ethernet service Value of zero means that Ethernet service works as best effort The maximum value is product specific Refer to the user manual A bitmap describing the TDM trunks that can be opened under T1 configuration The values take into account the IDU hardware configuration the air rate and the installation range IDU Ethernet Interface table IDU Ethernet Interface table entry INDEX radwillMillduEthernetlflndex If Index corresponding to this Interface IDU MAC address Number of LAN interfaces in the IDU The number of SFP interfaces in the IDU SFP venfor properties
26. 1 5 25 1 6 rSupporting radwllIMilOduAirRFD 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 26 radwilMilOduAirRatesTable radwllMilOduAirRatesEntry radwllMilOduAirRatesindex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 27 1 1 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer MIB Parameters SSOD0V RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RW N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO Appendix E MIB Reference Description enabled 1 Deprecated parameter Indicating Automatic Channel Selection availability at current channel bandwidth Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 Indicating Transmit power configuration enabled or disabled Minimum Transmit power in dBm Table of Maximum transmit power per air rate in dBm Maximum Transmit power table entry INDEX radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPowerlndex Air interface rate index Maximum Transmit power in dBm Channel bandwidth in KHz A change is effective after reset Channel Bandwidths table Channel Bandwidth table entry INDEX radwillMilOduAirChannelBWindex Channel Bandwidth index Channel Bandwidth availability product specific Options are Not supported supported with manual channel selection supported with Automatic Channel Selection Channels availability per CBW Indication for possible Link
27. 1000 2 1 18 radwillMillduAdmVlanSfpFilteredVIDs 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 19 radwillMillduSrvDesiredTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 2 radwilMillduSrvServices 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 4 E 24 MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString Integer ObjectID SS 29Yy RW RO RO RW RO RO RO RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RO Installation and Operation Manual Description of the External Alarm Input DEFVAL Alarm Description This value indicates if this External Alarm Input is enabled or disabled This value indicates the current status of the External Alarm Input IDU Serial Number The parameter defines whether to send Ethernet frames to detect an IDU The valid writable values are userDisabled 3 userEnabled 4 A change requires a reset and is effective after reset Number of mounted trunks in the IDU Number of Licensed Trunks in the IDU Identifies if the local IDU supports VLAN tag untag VLAN tag untag egress values VLAN tag untag ingress values VLAN tag untag default VLAN ids for each port Right most digit is Vlan priority 0 6 other digits compose Vlan Id 1 4094 VLAN untagged VIDs for LAN1 port VLAN untagged VIDs for LAN2 port VLAN untagge
28. 128 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost B Cy Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Mininum 3ms Maximum bms Average Jms C o Documents and Settings vera Figure 2 9 Pinging an Uninstalled and Unconfigured Link Any other response from ping means that the ODU is not responding Check your Ethernet connection and that both the IDU and ODU are switched on and then try again 3 Dismiss the command line session 4 Double click the Link manager icon on the desktop or click Start gt Programs gt Link manager gt Link manager The Login dialog box appears K Login l IP Address Local Connection Password a OK Cancel Options gt gt Figure 2 10 Login Screen 5 Type an IP address for the ODU if you connect through a network or click Local Connection if you are connected directly to the IDU port Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 15 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Caution Note User Type Observer Operator Installer Note Note 7 If you log in on Local Connection but your physical connection is not local i e anything other than a direct connection between the managing computer and the IDU then any configuration you carry out may affect other links in the network X Broadcast mode is not supported If you log in via an over the air IP address you will receive a warning
29. 15 minutes Number of seconds Receive Signal Level exceeded the RSL2 threshold in the last 15 minutes Current Min Transmit Signal Level starting from the present 15 minutes period Current Max Transmit Signal Level starting from the present 15 minutes period Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level exceeded the TSL1 threshold in the last 15 minutes Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio exceeded the BBER1 threshold in the last 15 minutes This table defines keeps the air counters of the last day in resolution of 15 min intervals This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalldx This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 Current Min Received Level Reference per interval Current Max Received Level Reference per interval Number of seconds Receive Signal Level exceeded the RSL1 threshold per interval Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name OID radwilMilOduPerfMonAir IntervalRSLThr esh2Exceed radwilMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalMinTSL radwillMilOduPerfMonAirlntervalMaxTSL radwillMilOduPerfMonAir IntervalTSLThr eshlExceed radwillMilOduPerfMonAirlntervalBBERTh reshlExceed radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayTable radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayEntry radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayldx radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMinRSL radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMaxRSL ra
30. 15 Airmux Manager Main Display with a Loopback Active on E1 Port 2 To deactivate a loopback 1 From the Loopback dialog box select a TDM port with an active loopback 2 Select Configure gt None to deactivate a running loopback 3 Click OK to finish 5 18 Running Diagnostic Loopback on TDM Interfaces Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics 5 8 Checking Ethernet Throughput GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio can be configured to estimate Ethernet throughput by filling frames over the air to maximum for 30 seconds This mode should not influence service To check Ethernet throughput 1 From the Main menu select Maintenance gt Estimated Eth Throughput A confirmation message is displayed Link Configuration Wizard You are about to change Dual Antenna mode Changing to Diversity causes the link to transmit the same information on both antennas This will cause the system to enter into Installation mode Air quality might be affected Do you want to continue 2 Click Yes to continue The Ethernet services area changes appearance and the estimated throughput Is displayed Ethernet Service Ra TX Rate Units Mbps Fos i Estimated Throughput Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate At the end of 30 seconds the display reverts to normal 5 9 Frequently Asked Questions Q What performance issues will arise due to environmental conditions A GE M
31. 2 34 Link Installation Wizard Tx Power and Antenna Parameters Dialog Box Considerations for Changing Antenna Parameters Let e maxAvailableTx Power denote the maximum Tx Power practically available from an ODU Required Tx Power per Radio in Figure 2 35 denote the maximum Tx Power practically available from an ODU e maxRegEIRP Max EIRP in Figure 2 35 denote the maximum EIRP available by regulation It is determined by three factors per band regulation per channel bandwidth antenna gain e maxRegTxPower denote the maximum regulatory Tx Power for the equipment also having regard the above three points Then the following relationship must be satisfied maxAllowedTx Power lt min maxRegEIRP AntennaGain CableLoss maxRegTxPower To set Tx power and configure antennas 1 Click the Configure buttons in turn to configure the antennas on both sides of the link Each one offers a dialog like this Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 37 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual 1x Power and Antenna configuration A Antenna Type Please select Dual ap HS5 inradio 1 1s higher than in Required Tx Power per radio 10 dE rm Ts Power per radio 10 dE m Ts Power system 13 dEr Antenna Gain 2380S di Cable Loss 0 0 dB blas EIRP a dBm EIRP 4 dEm Figure 2 35 Antenna C
32. 22 23 Severity normal normal critical normal normal normal normal normal normal normal Appendix E MIB Reference Description Indicates that the ODU is transmitting on channel Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Transmitting on channel n GHz n Is the channel frequency in GHz Indicates that the ODU Is scanning channels Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Channel scanning in progress Indicates that configuration problem was detected and that link installation is required in order to fix it Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Configuration problem detected Link installation required Indicates that the ODU time clock was set Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description The time was set to p p Is the date and time Indicates that the ODU recovered from an error but there are configuration changes Contains two parameters 1 Description Configuration changed Error code Is n 2 n number Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to INU type Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS operating state was changed to INU Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to HSM type Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS operating state was changed to HSM Indicates that the
33. 25 06 2010 16 11 31 TOM Counters were cleared for both sides Internal e Status Bar displays the current system status Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 1 AirMux 400 Encrypted Link amp Connectivity icon showing how the device is connected to the Ethernet o Over the Air connection using the IP address of the remote unit o Local connection direct connection to the IDU without using an IP address o Network connection through a LAN a ODU is unreachable Encryption icon showing if the link is encrypted Encrypted link a Unencrypted link lock open Link Password Validation failed The link is encrypted with default keys Service and configuration is unavailable Need to change the link password in either site Link Lock Sy Link Lock is enabled SE Link Lock is encrypted wey Link Lock mismatch Ethernet ring member DFS in use Active alarm is present Verifying the Application Software Version Before continuing the management session verify that the unit is running version 2 5 of the application software To verify the application software version 1 From the Main menu select Configuration 2 Select a local or remote site 3 8 Configuration and Management Alternatives Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 3 Operation The configuration dialog box opens 3 Select Inventory 4 Inthe Inventory scree
34. 255 0 0 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Transtoitting on Channel 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time _ Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 12 02 2009 10 25 46 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal oooo002 12 02 2009 10 25 47 Connected to Location Internal amp Connection Available Connection Mode Local IP Address 255 255 255 255 Figure F 2 Opening Link Manager Window prior to Installation F 2 Preloading an ODU with an IP Address Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band 8 Click the available Site Location button and select Management The following dialog box appears I Lontiguration Location w Per irtectace OF Tx Power amp Ant Hub Jite Sec iF lropewitory P Securty l Tiap Deirwiot Date amp Tene Fens a 0000 Advanced 0000 o000 Ether ooo0 ono0 DY External Alarms naas 3 Operations 0 000 ao00 0000 0005 Figure F 3 Management Configuration Dialog Box 9 Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway as required For example the ODU used here is to be configured as follows gt Site Confipuration FP Syriem Por iptertace we Hub Site Syne IP Addes a Management FI Invertory PR Secuny Detnd Gewa C Date amp Tune adeanced ak Ethernet
35. 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 2 radwllMilOduAirRxPowerAntennaB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 3 radwllIMilOduAirNumberOfSpectrumCh_ 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 4 annels radwlIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelTable radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelTable Entry radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannellndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 1 radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelFreq 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 2 uency radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelScan 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 3 ned radwillMilOduAirSpectrumChannelScan 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 4 ningTimestamp radwilMilOduAirSpectrumChannelLast 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 5 NFAntennaA radwillMilOduAirSpectrumChannelLast 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 6 NFAntennaB radwillMilOduAirSpectrumChannelAver 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 7 ageNFAntennaA radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelAver 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 8 ageNFAntennaB radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelMax 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 9 NFAntennaA radwllIMilOduAirSpectrumChannelMax 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 5 1 10 Type DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer TimetTicks Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual MIB Parameters SSOD0V RW RO RW RW RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO Appendix E MIB Referen
36. 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 3 1Exceed radwilMilOduPerfMonAirCurrRSLThresh 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 4 2Exceed radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMinTSL 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 6 radwilMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMaxTSL radwilMilOduPerfMonAirCurrTSLThresh 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 7 1Exceed radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrBBERThres 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 8 h1Exceed radwillMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalTable radwllMilOduPerfMonAirintervalEntry radwllMilOduPerfMonAirintervalldx radwllMilOduPerfMonAirilntervalMinRSL radwllMilOduPerfMonAirintervalMaxRS L radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalRSLThr eshlExceed E 18 MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer Gauge Gauge Integer Integer Gauge Gauge SSoD0V RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO Installation and Operation Manual Description Current number of Background Block Errors per interval of 24 hours Indicates the integrity of the entry per interval of 24 hours This table defines keeps the air counters of the current 15 min interval This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex Current Min Received Level Reference starting from the present 15 minutes period Current Max Received Level Reference starting from the present 15 minutes period Number of seconds Receive Signal Level exceeded the RSL1 threshold in the last
37. 4458 1000 2 6 2 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 2 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 6 1 6 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 6 1 9 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 6 1 10 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 101 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 102 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 103 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 104 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 8 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 9 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Counter Counter Integer Counter Integer Integer MIB Parameters SSOD0V RW RO N A N A RO RO RW RW RO N A N A RO RO RO RW RO RO RO Appendix E MIB Reference Description bit When the option is available the bit value is 1 When the option is unavailable the bit value is 0 The available options are bit 2 Automatic bit 3 Trunk 1 bit 4 Trunk 2 bit 5 Trunk 3 bit 6 Trunk 4 When no options are available the returned value is 1 Required TDM Master Clock A change Is effective after re activation of the TDM service Actual Trunk used for TDM Master Clock IDU TDM Links Configuration table IDU TDM Links Configuration table entry INDEX radwllMillduTdmConfigIndex Table index Link index in the interface table This parameter applies to T1 trunks only The parameter controls the line coding Setting the value to each of the indices applies to all A change is effective after the next open of th
38. 5 5 Chapter 3 Operation Parameter Rate Read only Read write Remote public Site 1 Site 2 Subnet Mask Trap destination TDM Jitter Buffer Note Installation and Operation Manual Description Default Value Menu Path Setting Instructions Transmission rate Adaptive Configuring Service Parameters Read only community public Configuring SNMP name Communities Read write community netman Configuring SNMP name Communities Remote public bru4097 Configuring SNMP community name Communities Site 1 name Site Defining System Parameters Site 2 name Site Defining System Parameters IP address of the ODU 255 0 0 0 Management Defining the Management Addresses IP address of an NMS to 0 0 0 0 Management Defining the be receiving traps Management Addresses TDM jitter buffer depth BZ Services Configuring TDM Jitter Buffer Size 3 3 Configuration and Management Alternatives The Intrepid Series Radio configuration and monitoring operations are performed using one of the following tools e GUl based management utility Link Manager e Telnet Most of the Intrepid Series Radio management and operation parameters are set using link configuration wizard If necessary the local and remote unit parameters can be reconfigured via the Intrepid Series Radio management utility Telnet management is performed from a Telnet host using display and set commands The capabilities of the two options listed above are
39. Both of these guantities are calculated C 8 Using the Link Budget Calculator Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix C Link Budget Calculator 5 If the required range between the two link sites is Known you may enter it directly Alternatively you can click Coordinates to enter the latitude and longitude of each site in the link in which case the distance between them will be calculated and displayed Link Link A Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCCIIC Integrated Y Product Series AirMus 400 100M Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz f Auto Tx Power 118 dBm 8 18 Antenna Type Dual 3 dB Antenna Gain SiteAl23 SiteB 23 dBi Radio Cable Loss SiteAlo SiteBlo dB Perron 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Site A Site B is dB Name 130 Mb s 2x 64 04M 0 83 Adaptive Latitud Nw Nv jisi S Fade Margin 64 dBm Longtitude fE v fE v 01 Kmi01 Miles Antenna Height im 10 10 154Km 9 6 Miles imate ho Km EEN Good c 0 25 Ethernet Orly Type Services Ethernet Throughput 88 5 Mb s 48 5 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure C 8 Calculating Distance from Site Coordinates Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg and Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD 50 Agg For example Enter the following coordinates and press Set Site A Site B Latitude Now Nw Longtitude
40. Connected to Location Internal IP Address 192 168 1 101 4irMux 400 Encrypted Link Figure 2 27 Link manager Main Window The procedure required to make the link functional has three phases L Link Installation detailed below Installation actually gets the link operational by setting the link parameters It uses a fixed channel at the lowest possible modulation BPSK at 6 5Mbps and works under the harsh interference condition During the installation procedure the definition of all parameters is automatically applied to both sides of the link Working with the Link Manager Application Link Configuration see Chapter 4 Configuration provides much the same functionality as Installation but for a running link A fallback to Installation mode is provided for situations which cannot be handled without resetting the link such as antenna realignment and IDU or ODU replacement The Link Installation and Configuration phases are both carried out with Wizards which walk you through the processes The Wizards are visually quite similar and will be described in detail below Site Configuration see Chapter 4 Site specific configuration for each side of the link is available at any time under a running link or under the restricted Installation mode Site Configuration consists of a set of panels which may be invoked individually in any order as needed GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation a
41. Data Table A 7 Output Alarm Pinout Description Alarm On Conditions Alarm Off Condition Air interface alarm Link is down Link is up Link in installation mode Link authentication problem Equipment alarm Built in Test BIT error Both ODU and IDU are in No connection to the ODU operational state Incompatible software Service alarm at site B N A Permanently off Power failure at site B Link Loss due to power failure at Site B Link is up or down without power failure indication within the last two seconds A 6 Hot Standby Port Hot standby port terminates in an RJ 11 connector wired in accordance with Table A 8 Table A 8 STANDBY Connector Pinout Pin 1 Connection Alarm Out Alarm In Ground Ground A 1 ODU to HSS Unit Cable Wiring ODUs are connected to HSS unit via a Cat 5e cable with RJ 45 connectors wired in accordance with Table A 9 Table A 9 ODU to HSS Unit Cable Wiring ODU RJ 45 Pin HSS Unit RJ 45 Pin Color 1 1 White Green ODU to HSS Unit Cable Wiring A 5 GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Appendix A Connection Data Installation and Operation Manual ODU RJ 45 Pin HSS Unit RJ 45 Pin Color 2 2 Green 3 3 White Orange 6 6 Orange 4 4 Blue 5 5 White Blue 7 7 White Brown 8 8 Brown A 6 ODU to HSS Unit Cable Wiring GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Appendix B Mast and Wall Installation B 1 Mounting the ODU or O PoE The ODU or O PoE can be mounted on a mast or a w
42. GPS for 30 seconds it moves automatically to Self Generation mode and acts as a regular HSM unit until the GPS recovers J 1 Typical Applications This section describes possible deployment scenarios with GPS based synchronization Independent Distributed Sites In the scenario of Figure J 1 we have multiple independent collocated sites which may interfere with each other To meet this situation we coordinate all of them using the GSU as shown The GSU functions like wide area HSS unit ensuring that all participating radios at the locations marked GSU each transmit and receive at the same time Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Typical Applications J 1 Appendix J GPS Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual Figure J 1 Independent Distributed Sites Multiple Distributed Sites with Communication What happens if in Figure J 1 the GSU towers themselves have radios communicating as shown in Figure J 2 Consider GSU 1 and GSU 2 Both collocated towers transmit and receive simultaneously However the radios communicating at GSU 1 and GSU 2 must transmit and receive in turn according to the scheme in marked Normal Phase in Figure J 3 This is an impossible situation if all the links must send and receive together It is further complicated by adding a third and further sites as shown Figure J 2 Communicating Distributed Sites J 2 Typical Applications Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual
43. HSS operating state was changed to HSC type Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS operating state was changed to HSC_DT HSC_CT Indicates to non VLAN PC that after 2 minutes the system will support only VLAN tag on management interface Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description VLAN Mode is active Non VLAN traffic will be blocked in 2 minutes Indicates that the ODU is in Spectrum Analysis mode Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Spectrum analysis in progress MIB Traps E 31 Appendix E MIB Reference Name tdmServiceAlarm ethServiceClosed ethServiceNotPermitted encryptionAlarm changeLinkPasswordAlarm externalAlarmInPort1lAlarm externalAlarmInPort2Alarm bitFailedAlarm wrongConfigurationLoadedAlarm lanPort1DisconnectedAlarm E 532 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Severity major major major major major major major critical major major MIB Traps Installation and Operation Manual Description Indicates that TDM Service is in alarm state Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM Service Alarm Indicates that Ethernet Service is closed Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Ethernet Service is closed Indicates that Ethernet Service is not permitted Contains a single para
44. Hub Site Synchronization Status Status A B Operation Hub Syne Client Disable Tx Independent Unit Synchronization Synchronized MA External Pulses Detected Not Detected Configure Operational States Enabled These settings will apply to both sites Expected Operational States Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure H 12 Hub Site Synchronization Settings Dialog Box The Synchronization Status dialog box displays the current status of each side of the link e Operation Type of unit Hub Sync Master HSM Hub Sync Client Disable Transmission HSC DT Hub Sync Client Continue Transmission HSC CT Independent Unit e Synchronization N A for Master or Independent Units Synchronized for Hub Site Clients Not Synchronized for Hub Site Clients e External Pulses The status of the pulses running through the HSS cable The Master generates such pulses The severity of each of these states is indicated by green yellow or red text color Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Configuring an HSS Link H 11 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual HSS Sync Status Generating Detected Not detected Generating and detected Generating and Improperly Detected Not detected Improperly detected Note Table H 3 External Pulse Status Meaning Color Code ODU is HSM and generates the sync pulse ODU is HSC and detects the sync
45. Installation and Operation Manual Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link H 4 Switching Logic This section describes logic behind link switchover and restoration process Switching from Primary Link to Secondary Link Switching from primary link to secondary link will occur following e Loss of the primary air interface due to sync loss e Loss of the primary air interface due to failure of the receiver to acquire expected E1 T1 data during a period of 24 ms e The primary equipment either ODU or IDU local or remote is powered off Following the switch from the primary to the secondary link the primary and secondary link Manager main windows should look like this Urk Ks Setup_l Servtes 2xE1e Ethernet Frequency Piz 5 200 Charen fw Ph 20 Rate Mops Acanbve Stebus Urb achive IP Address 0 105 1 2 Sret Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destinations 10105 L21 ta Ste la IP Adbass 10 105 194 Subnet Maski 255 255 255 0 Trap Oestinabeore IMIS LI Date amp Time Message 7 30 2099 10 37 39 AM so Compatible 10 detected JIO TRA AM Etheret Sarmice ha Deer Opened 3730 20979 10 37 39 AM 2 Out of 2 requested TDM Trunks have been opened 330 2009 10 37 39 AM TOM Service Aym The reason Lire state dam 4 amp popa po pe mre IP Odovess 10 105 1 2 Figure H 10 Primary Link after the Switchover to Secondary Link Note After a few seconds the display in Figure H 10 moves to No Link display with TDM
46. Installation and Operation Manual Appendix J GPS Synchronization Cascaded Sites using Shifted Phase Transmission The solution offered here is not a universal cure The following conditions are necessary but in any specific case may not be sufficient e The GSU sites marked 1 and 3 above are sufficiently far apart as to ensure that there is no mutual interference between communicating sites 1 2 and 2 3 above e There should be no interference between non communicating sites 1 and 3 above To see how it works we use Figure J 2 The GSU towers are numbered and marked for cascading 1 2 and 2 3 There should not be a link between 1 and 3 The GSU can synchronize the TDD timing of several sites enabling the cascading of consecutive links without mutual interference To use cascading the TDD timing of the even ordered links GSU 2 above must be shifted Shifted Phase and odd ordered links GSU 1 and GSU 3 above must be unshifted Normal Phase The phase shift is half of the Radio Frame Duration RFD from the chosen RFP The scheme is shown in Figure J 3 Since the GSU is always HSS master HSM at each GSU location the GSU can force the synchronization of its collocated radios By half RFD shifting alternate collocated sites can talk to each other Normal TX TX TX Phase as RX RX Shifted TX TX TX TX Phase RX RX RX Figure J 3 Phase Shifted Transmission Phase Shift is 1 2 the RFD Choice of norma
47. Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Services 2xE1 Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive v Distance 0 Km 0 Miles Evaluate IDU 1 2 1 4 Product AirMux 400 IDUE P DC AirMux 400 IDUE P DC HYY Version 3 3 SW Version 1 9 00_b3065_Jun 7 2009 1 9 00_b3065_Jun 7 2009 A Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm ETBE Figure H 4 Services Configuration Panel Showing Hot Standby Tab 8 After you have configured TDM services click the Hot Standby tab Link Configuration Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Mode Primary Secondary Disabled Vesity the second ink is configured as Secondary Evaluate IDU 1 2 14 Product AirMux 400 IDUE 4P DC AirMux 400 IDUE 4P DC HWY Version 3 3 SW Version 1 9 00_63065_Jun 72009 1 9 00_b3065_Jun 7 2009 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm ETBE Figure H 5 Services Configuration Panel Hot Standby Tab Selected 9 Check the Primary button to configure primary link as the primary link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installing a Hot Standby Link H 5 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Installation and Operation Manual 10 Complete the configuration wizard and then move to secondary link 11 Repeat step 10 for secondary link For the Services Hot Standby tab this time check the Secondary button 12 Complete the configuration wizard 13 At Site 1 2
48. Link Configuration Link Installation Site A Site B Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Help F1 Z ge Link TPSF_BTT Link ID EBG_ 20561334 Services Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Channel Bw MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active Location Radio Interface Dynamic Tx Ratio Ethernet Service IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Service Counters Display Mode securuilative Currerit TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Ports Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address amp Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 AirMux 400 Encrypted Link Figure 2 56 Main Window after Link Installation Asymmetric Capacity Allocation no HSS To verify the installation e Verify that the Radio Signal Strength RSS is according to expected results as determined by the Link Budget Calculator Installation mode as described above may be re entered using Configuration 1 Caution Configure Site A and Installation Mode the Site Configuration dialog Some Installation mode functionality may cause a break in link service If you can accomplish link changes without breaking the service always prefer to use Link C
49. Link Manager To install the Link Manager 1 Insert the CD ROM into your CD ROM drive The installation starts automatically 2 Follow the on screen instructions of the installation wizard to complete setup of the Link Manager program in the desired location Starting the Link Manager To start the Link Manager 1 Connect the managing computer to one of the two LAN ports of the IDUE as shown below r 1 pou m r Figure 2 8 LAN Ports on the Front Panel of the IDUE If you are not using a direct connection as above ensure that you have IDU to managing computer connectivity e g through a LAN 2 14 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup 2 Check that you have connectivity to the ODU You can do this by opening up a command line session Start gt Run and then type cmd At the command prompt type ping 10 0 0 120 You should receive a reply from Intrepid Series Radio c CcAWINDOWS system3 cmd exe Microsoft Windows AP ersion 5 1 2606 CCG Copyright 1985 2681 Microsoft Corp C o Documents and Settings vera ping 10 0 0 120 Pinging 10 0 0 120 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 10 0 0 120 bytes 32 time 6ms TIL 63 Reply from 16 6 80 1280 bytes 32 time jims TIL 63 Reply from 10 0 0 128 bytes 32 time 3ms TIL 63 Reply from 10 0 0 120 bytes 32 time 3ms TIL 63 Ping statistics for 16 6 0
50. Management Inventory ah Security Date amp Time oO Advanced Ethernet TDM Services iY External Alarms Restore to Factory Default Settings will bring down the connection Site Configuration dialog box will be closed Restore Defaults IDU Detection Mode Enabled Operations Figure 4 49 Restoring Defaults To disable IDU detection toggle the IDU Detection Mode check box An ODU always tries to detect the IDU to which it is connected IDU Detection is effected by an IDU responding to special ODU packets If a PoE device is in use the detection packets spread to the containing network and may cause flooding In such a case the IDU Detection feature should be disabled Click the Restore Defaults button A message box asking if you want to restore factory default appears Are you sure you wart to Restore Factory Default Settings The link may be unreachable after the process This process takes several seconds and is followed by a device reset C Oefauk IP Address 10 0 0 120 Lives J e Click the check box if you want to keep the current IP settings Click Yes to continue Performing Additional Tasks Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics This chapter describes the GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio diagnostic functions which include e Monitoring performance e Detecting problems e Handling events e Troubleshooting e Replacing an IDU e Running diag
51. Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure C 5 Selecting the RFP Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg and Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD 50 Agg Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Integrated Y Product Series air Muss 400 100M Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz 4 Auto S Tx Power dBm 8 18 Antenna Type Dual 3 dB R FP Table Antenna Gain Site A 23 Site B 23 dBi Radio Cable Loss Site A O Site Bio dB sits Se __ TOM Eth TDM Eth TOM Etn TOM Eth e tara i ES Eo it ES ES ES ES ee EE eee B Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Best Best Rate 130 Mb s 2 s 64 0AM0 83 Adaptive Salele el ie g pected RSS Fade Margin 64 dBm agace aed an Range Max 15 4 Krm 9 6 Miles Required Climate 10 Km Coordinates Good C 0 25 Eq Ethernet Only Type Services Ethernet Throughput 88 5 Mb s 48 5 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure C 6 RFP Selection Guide Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Using the Link Budget Calculator C 7 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Installation and Operation Manual 4 Enter the radio details Note If you choose Adaptive Rate then the Rate list becomes unavailable as well as the Climate factor list Both of these quantities are calculated Link B Link Link A Ban
52. Nexcaphon Faar 25 00 C Fesat sf devices dm ab eked Semen sank dy oged data ee ne Domt pened oan efter ippa completeri O Fiend ahdas alter comers agaia D Dyni apate AD Dect cower 1021001 1 Tt i corvectear Riss Mm 25 00 5259 AnI D0 2 TPATTI AD Demet correct 1321632 10 23ers wt Tei Figure 6 4 SWU Main Menu Single Site Added for Upgrade Note You can clear the list by clicking the Clear All button 6 2 GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 6 Software Upgrade 5 Add multiple sites from a prepared list using the Add from File option The list has the following format lt IP address gt lt Read Only community gt lt Read Write community gt For example 192 168 1 101 public ynetman 192 168 1 102 public ynetman 192 168 2 101 public ynetman 192 168 2 102 public znetman 6 Having created an update list click Upgrade Package to choose the relevant SW files The default files are located in the SWU subdirectory in the Manager installation area They are currently named SWU_1k swu and SWU_2k swu You may have to find them elsewhere depending on your system 7 You make limited changes to the list by right clicking any line Link Marne IP Address Site Hame Current Release Progress Status C i i Sa A Direct connection 1921681 101 A 2500 b2630Jun 27200 Ld CA airconnection 1921681102 B 2500 b2630 Junz7 20m0 O O E TPSF_BTT LCoS y E amp Di
53. ODU is provided with 370 mm 1 2ft flat panel antenna with a gain of 23dBi 5 x GHz 19 dBi 4 9 GHz and 8 beam width The 2 x GHz Integrated Antenna ODU is provided with 370 mm 1 2ft flat panel antenna with a gain of 16 dBi and 16 beam width The radio and the antenna are housed in a weatherproof case as a single unit w Figure 1 4 ODU with Integrated Flat Panel Antenna External antennas are available for the Intrepid Series radios varying in operating frequencies form factor size and gain dual or single polarization The flat panel antennas shown below can be used either as an integrated or external antenna Figure 1 5 External Antennas for Use with Intrepid Series GSU The GPS based synchronization unit GSU is designed to handle inter site interferences under large scale deployment scenarios Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Physical Description 1 7 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 8 Installation and Operation Manual The GSU is an outdoor unit consisting of a standard wireless link enclosure a GPS antenna and a PoE device The GSU is connected to the HSS unit using a standard HSS cable It synchronizes the transmission timing of multiple hub sites to the same clock source thus eliminating mutual interference GPS Antenna GSU GPS based Site Woes So Synchronization Ti RF Cable j es CAT 5e Cable HSS Cable HSS Unit NC 3 aviv VAC 4 SyuL 4 e E O Ports fant be tea r J W
54. Recorded Values To show average values recorded during analysis 1 Right click within any Spectrum View panels System menu is displayed 2 Select Show Average Display shows the average recorded values Antenna B Power dBm ao Wo equency MHz Time Stamp 21072009 08 59 37 Figure 2 25 Average Recorded Values To restrict panels to be displayed e From the View menu select Show Site to display spectral analysis for a specific site Show Antenna to display spectral analysis for a specific antenna Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 25 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Figure 2 26 Displaying Spectral View for Antenna A only Saving Spectrum Analysis Information Spectrum analysis information can be saved in a CSV comma separated values text file It can be retrieved from the Link manager menu using Help gt Get Diagnostic Information To save the spectrum analysis information e From the file menu select Save Below is an example of a saved spectrum view information It can be later imported into a spreadsheet program such as MS Excel Spectrum View Site A Frequency ls Scanned Last Scan Timestamp Last NF AntennaA Last NF AntennaB Average NF AntennaA Average NF Anten naB Max NF AntennaA Max NF AntennaB 5735 True 30 11 2009 08 20 52 89 90 90 91 89 90 5740 True 30 11 2009 08 20 52 89 90
55. Single Dual Polarized antenna e Optional Two Single Polarized antennas e Optional Single Single Polarized antenna Reduces Throughput by 50 Indoor Units IDUs The IDUs have the service ports and provide aggregation of these services towards the ODU that transports them over the air The IDUs also provide power to the ODU Figure 1 1 shows typical Intrepid Series indoor IDU E and ODU 8 5 IDU provide up to two Ethernet ports and up to two E1 T1 interfaces Power Over Ethernet PoE Devices 1 6 The basic PoE device provides Ethernet service only with power for the ODU The PoE device is extremely compact having one Ethernet port one ODU port and a standard 3 pin male AC power socket Figure 1 2 Basic PoE Device Figure 1 3 Outdoor Ruggedized DC PoE Device Physical Description Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Antennas An antenna is the radiating and receiving element from which the radio signal in the form of RF power is radiated to its surroundings and vice versa The antenna gain and transmitting power may be limited by country regulations Intrepid Series may be operated with an integrated antenna that is part of the ODU unit or with external antennas connected to the ODU via N type connectors All cables and connections must be connected correctly to reduce RF losses The required antenna impedance is 50Q The 5 x GHz Integrated Antenna
56. Tasks 4 39 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 3 Site Configuration A File Actions Help bi i Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off i Installation Mode System 4 Air Interface Property Value ODU ce T Tx Power amp Ant Product AirMux 400 ODU F2458F 100M EXT 4 Hub Site Sync HW Version B Management Inventory Fi Security Date amp Time Advanced Ethernet TDM Services SW Version MAC Address Serial Number IDU Product HYY Version SW Version Serial Number SFP Vendor Name vendor Pn 2 5 00_b2635_Jul 25 2010 00 15 67 33 aa 54 PFCSS80ES00000131 AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM 3 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 7 16200000000073 Device is not detected si Version 2 External Alarms 2 Operations Figure 4 39 Inventory Screen Changing Passwords 4 40 There are two passwords necessary to use the Intrepid Series Radio system The first is encountered when running the management software the second the link Password is used for encryption purposes and is found when installing or configuring the link Changing the Management Password To change the management password 1 From the Tools menu select Change Password 2 The Change Password dialog box appears 3 Enter current password and new password 4 Click OK to confirm Changing the Link Password Intrepid Series Radio Link is encrypted using Advanced Encryption
57. This is because multiple antennas afford a receiver several recordings of the same signal Each antenna will be exposed to a different interference environment Thus if one antenna is undergoing a deep fade it is likely that another has a sufficient signal Collectively such a system can provide a robust link Antenna diversity requires antenna separation which is possible by using a dual polarization antenna or by two spatially separated antennas Use Diversity instead of MIMO in the following situations e When the system cannot operate in MIMO mode e When one of the receivers has high interference compared to the second receiver i e the system is unbalanced e When you achieve higher capacity in Diversity mode than in MIMO mode e When high robustness is of importance and the capacity of Diversity mode is sufficient Single Antennas at Both Sites By selecting a single antenna at both sites the ODUs operate with a single radio that is connected to the ANT 1 connector The second radio is automatically shut down Single and Dual Antennas In this mode one of the sites uses the ODU with a single antenna while the other site uses the ODU with a dual antenna The advantages in this mode in comparison to using a single antenna in both sites are doubled total Tx power and additional polarization and or space diversity Intrepid Series Radio automatically switches to this mode if one of the ODUs is connected to a dual antenna or if t
58. Vendor Name PN and Revision Timeout in seconds for aging Note that for this parameter to be effective the ODU must be configured to HUB mode A change is effective immediately Available states of the TDM Transmit Clock Control each input status is represented by a bit When the state is available the bit value is 1 When the state is unavailable the bit value pitos Transparent bit 3 Local Loop Timed bit 4 is 0 The available states are Remote Loop Timed bit 5 Local Internal bit 6 Remote Internal Required state of the TDM Transmit Clock Control A change is effective after re activation of the TDM service Actual state of the TDM Transmit Clock Control Available options of the TDM Master Clock Control each input status is represented by a Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name NS radwillMillduTdmMasterClockDesired radwillMillduTdmMasterClockActual radwillMillduTdmConfigTable radwillMillduTdmConfigEntry radwillMillduTdmConfigindex radwillMillduTdmlflndex radwillMillduTdmLineCoding radwillMillduTdmLoopbackConfig radwillMillduTdmLineStatus radwillMillduTdmCurrentTable radwillMillduTdmCurrentEntry radwillMillduTdmCurrentiIndex radwillMillduTdmCurrentBlocks radwillMillduTdmCurrentDrops radwillMillduTdmCurrentTxClock radwillMillduTdmCurrentBlocksHigh radwillMillduTdmRemoteQual radwillMillduTdmRemoteQualEval OID 1 3 6 1 4 1
59. alarms statistics and configuration data This button is disabled until a link installation has been completed Link Installation Performs preliminary configuration of the system This button is disabled after the link is installed Site lt Site 1 name gt Opens the Site configuration dialog for Site A Same as Configuration gt 1 Configure lt Site 1 name gt Site lt Site 2 name gt Opens the Site configuration dialog for Site B Same as Configuration gt 2 Configure lt Site 2 name gt Get Diagnostics Obtain system information Clear Counters Disabled Log off Closes the current session and logs off Link Manager Exit Exits Link Manager Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuration and Management Alternatives 3 5 Chapter 3 Operation 3 6 Installation and Operation Manual Menu Bar File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help File Log off and exit Configuration use for link configuration individual site configuration or link installation Tools performance monitoring active alarms recent events software upgrade changing band installation only changing password and preferences Maintenance running loopbacks clearing counters resetting Intrepid Series Radio Help displays user manual link budget calculator system information Link Manager build version Link detail pane summarizes information on the radio link link ID configured services frequency chan
60. an occasional component failure The following information will assist you in the event that servicing becomes necessary TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE Technical assistance for GE MDS products is available from our Technical Support Department during business hours 8 00 A M 5 30 P M Eastern Time When calling please give the complete model number of the product along with a description of the trouble symptom s that you are experiencing In many cases problems can be resolved over the telephone without the need for returning the unit to the factory Please use one of the following means for product assistance Phone 585 241 5510 E Mail gemds techsupport ge com FAX 585 242 8369 Web www gemds com FACTORY SERVICE Component level repair of this equipment is not recommended in the field Many components are installed using surface mount technology which requires specialized training and equipment for proper servicing For this reason the equipment should be returned to the factory for any PC board repairs The factory is best equipped to diagnose repair and align your unit to its proper operating specifications If return of the equipment is necessary you must obtain a Service Request Order SRO number This number helps expedite the repair so that the equipment can be repaired and returned to you as quickly as possible Please be sure to include the SRO number on the outside of the shipping box and on any corre spondence relating to the
61. and f Link ia daws biocked a ex J 4 a A tf N r f J f N d T Pd a i A h 7 o lt Figure 4 7 Ring Protection Mechanism The steps below follow the numbering in Figure 4 7 1 Normal operation Ethernet traffic runs in the ring but does not pass through the RPL which is blocked The RPL does however broadcast RPM packets through the ring 2 Ring Link down RPL notified The RPL detects a link down condition by the non arrival of an RPM packet It remains blocked for the Minimum time for failure detection which is configurable using the Link Manager 3 Ring Link down RPL unblocked for traffic Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 7 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 4 8 The RPL unblocks for Ethernet traffic after the Minimum time for failure detection expires and no RPM message has been received 4 Ring Link restored but still blocked for traffic The Ring Link is restored but remains blocked for the Minimum time for recovery set using the Link Manager to avoid rapid fluctuations leading to potential short term loops 5 Ring Link restored blocked RPL blocked for traffic The RPL blocks to Ethernet traffic after the Minimum time for recovery expires and restores Ethernet traffic to the Ring Link with a special RPM packet Return to 1 Ring Link restored RPL blocked The ring is back to normal operation
62. click the Link Budget Calculator option Torun the Link Budget Calculator from the Link Manager e Choose Help gt Link Budget Calculator from the main menu of the Link Manager The Link Budget Calculator window is displayed Figure C 1 Note Allow running scripts when activating the Link Budget Calculator in Internet Explorer Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Initiating the Link Budget Calculator C 1 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Band Product Series Channel Bandwidth Tx Power Antenna Type Antenna Gain Radio Cable Loss EIRP Fade Margin Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin Mlin Range Max Reqguired Climate Type Senices Ethernet Throughput Installation Antenna heightfor LOS Installation and Operation Manual Link C Link A 5 730 5 845 GHz FCCC Integrated 20 mhe I s Auto EN fs dBm 8 18 Dual E 3 dB Site aps Site B 23 dBi Site Alo Site B dB 44 dBm 25 1 Watt l gB 130 Mb s 2 x 64 GAM 0 83 Adaptive M 64 dEr 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles 15 4 Km 9 6 Miles fo km H R Goca c 0 25 E Ethernet Orly l 00 5 Mbs 40 5 Mbs Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet T Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Figure C 1 Link Budget Calculator Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg and Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD 50 Agg Link Budget Calculator Parameters C z You are required to enter or choose the following parameters Depending
63. disabled 0 enabledAuto 1 enabledConstantly 2 This parameter is reserved for the Manager application provided with the product Read Community String This parameter always returns when retrieving Its value Itis used by the Manager application to change the Read Community String The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values Read Write Community String This parameter always returns when retrieving its value It is used by the Manager application to change the Read Write Community String The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values Trap Community String This parameter is used by the Manager application to change the Trap Community String The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values Major version of the SNMP agent Remote site name Returns the same value as sysLocation parameter of the remote site Minor version of the SNMP agent Link Password This parameter always returns when retrieving its value It is used by the Manager application to change the Link Password The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values Site Link Password This parameter always returns when retrieving Its value It Is used by the Manager application to change the Link Password of the site The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values This parameter indicates if the current Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name radwllMilOduAdmConnectionType
64. entry INDEX radwillMillduSrvAvailServicesIndex Table index The index is the bit mask of the TDM service Represents the TDM service availability Minimum rate index of the air interface which make the service possible Maximum rate index of the air interface which make the service possible Information about the TDM Service availability Not Applicable if the service is available The The available throughput isn t sufficient for Service The IDU HW doesn t support the reasons for TDM Service unavailability demands service A Link Password mismatch was detected is improper for TDM services The external pulse type detected A Software versions mismatch was detected A Symetric TDD Mode Is Obligated Represents the Ethernet service activation E 25 Appendix E MIB Reference Name radwillMillduSrvEthAvailable radwillMillduSrvEthThroughput radwilMillduSrvEthMaxinfoRate radwillMillduSrvAvailableTrunksT1 radwillMillduEthernetifTable radwillMillduEthernetifEntry radwillMillduEthernetiflndex radwillMillduEthernetlfAddress radwillMillduEthernetNumOfLanPorts radwillMillduEthernetNumoOfSfpPorts radwillMillduEthernetSfpProperties radwillMillduBridgeTpAging radwillMillduTdmTxClockAvailStates radwillMillduTdmTxClockDesiredState radwilMillduTdmTxClockActualState OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 13 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 14 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 15 1 3 6 1 4
65. file 7 Click OK to save the file E Preferences o Monitor Events Advanced Monitor File File lings Default User My Documents Monitor tat Interval Figure 5 3 Preferences Dialog Box Monitor Tab 5 2 Detecting Problems GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio employs the following error and fault detection methods e Self test e LEDs Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Detecting Problems 35 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual Self Test LEDs e Alarms and traps e Statistic counters e Link compatibility check e Remote power fail indication e Automatic link data collection GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio performs a hardware self test upon turn on The self test sequence checks the critical circuit functions of the device The following error messages indicate hardware problems e BIT Failed error code 256 WAN adapter failure e BIT Failed error code 512 EPROM failure LEDs located on the front and rear panel panels of the IDU and ODU inform users about hardware failures IDU to ODU Ethernet and air link disruptions For the detailed description of LEDs and their functions refer to Chapter 3 Alarms and Traps GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio reports compatibility problems fault conditions of the radio or user links by storing events in the event log and sending traps to the NMS For the detailed descripti
66. full service will not be available The message is software upgrade required versionsIncompatibility different software versions that are not compatible User needs to perform local upgrades Table 5 3 Link Compatibility Trap Messages Link State Text Link Status Site Description Site Link Status Color Color Desc Color Active Green SW Yellow Green Upgrade Available restrictedCompatibility Active SW Magenta Same SW Upgrade Yellow Magenta Same as Version as Recommended authentication mismatch authentication error error softwareUpgradeRequired Active SW Brown Major SW Upgrade Yellow Brown Major Upgrade Required Required versionsincompatibility Not Active SW Red Local SW Upgrade Yellow Red Upgrade Required Required Remote Power Fail Indication Note Remote power fail indication indicates to one side that the other side has had a power failure The failed site sends a final trap indication about the power loss just before powering off A Dying Gasp circuit identifies the power failure at a minimum interval of 20 milliseconds before the IDU crash during that interval a message notifying the power failure is sent to the remote end Alarm output dry contacts indicates link loss due to power failure at the remote end 5 3 Handling Events GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio detects compatibility problems fault conditions of the radio or user links and initiates alarms to alert the user To store the Event Log
67. indicates if the device was automatically selected into the radio link master or slave The value is undefined if there is no link Setting this parameter to 1 will cause the link to restart the synchronization process Received Signal Strength in dBm Total Number of received radio frames Total number of received radio frames with CRC error E 9 Appendix E MIB Reference Name radwillMilOduAirCurrentRate radwilMilOduAirCurrentRateldx radwillMilOduAirlxPower36 radwilMilOduAirlxPower48 radwilMilOduAirCurrentTxPower radwllMilOduAirMinFrequency radwillMilOduAirMaxFrequency radwillMilOduAirFreqResolution radwllMilOduAirCurrentFreq radwllMilOduAirNumberOfChannels radwillMilOduAirChannelsTable radwillMilOduAirChannelsEntry radwllMilOduAirChannelsindex radwllMilOduAirChannelsFrequency radwllMilOduAirChannelsOperState radwilMilOduAirChannelsAvail radwllMilOduAirChannelsDefaultFreq radwilMilOduAirDfsState OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 10 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 11 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 12 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 13 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 14 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 15 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 16 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 17 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 5
68. it must be able to cater for hub site GE MDS Intrepid Ultra Series Radios based links If you use asymmetric allocation shifted transmission phase becomes unavailable and you cannot cascade links Choose the transmission phase If you choose shifted phase then the Asymmetric Ratio selector is disabled Display the Management dialog box and configure the GSU IP address subnet mask default gateway and trap destinations Site Configuration Location 2 Restore Retesh Naimah Paranais VLAN Protocol IP Adcece r lv Invertor 4 Sacurty OY Date amp Time Detaut Gateway Sudret Maoh Advanced Operation Figure J 9 Site Configuration Management Configuring the GSU Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix J GPS Synchronization 8 Choose the units for latitude longitude coordinates from the GSU tab of the Preferences tab Advanced gt Operations Preferences Monitor Events Advanced 65H Show Latitude Longitude Decimal Degrees Degrees Minutes Seconds Figure J 10 Site Configuration Operations GSU Tab 9 Continue with configuration of the GSU which is similar to a regular ODU Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Configuring the GSU J 9 IN CASE OF DIFFICULTY GE MDS products are designed for long life and trouble free operation However this equipment as with all electronic equipment may have
69. left of the dialog box System Air Interface Inventory Management Security Date and Time Advanced Edit the contact person and location details View the system details Change the transmit power cable loss antenna type and HSS status View the hardware and software inventory release numbers model identification MAC address Configure the IP address subnet mask default gateway the trap destination and VLAN ID Change the community values and link password Set the date and time of the link from an NTP servers Configure the bridge define the LAN connection set the external alarm inputs and restore the unit to the factory settings From the Configuration dialog box the following functions are available by clicking the buttons at the top of the dialog box Backup Saves a backup ini file with the current configuration Configuring the Sites Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Restore Loads the backup ini file created by the backup Refresh Discards the changes made and returns to the values which were previously saved Buzzer Mutes the beeper at startup Reactivate the beeper during alignment Installation Mode Returns to Installation Mode for the entire link Selecting the Buzzer On Off check box before clicking the Install Mode button mutes the Beeper To configure via the local or remote site 1 Click the required site bu
70. on the product some of the parameters have a default value that cannot be changed Product or regulation and band Series Intrepid Series Radio e Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg amp Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD 50 Agg e Channel bandwidth e Tx power maximum Tx power per modulation is validated e Antenna type cannot be changed for ODU with integrated antenna e Antenna gain per site cannot be changed for integrated antenna e Cable loss per site cannot be changed for integrated antenna e Required fade margin e Rate and adaptive check box e Service type Ethernet Only Ethernet E1s Ethernet T1s e Required range Initiating the Link Budget Calculator Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Calculations For each product or regulation and band the calculator stores the following data required for link budget calculations e Maximum transmit power per modulation e Receiver sensitivity per modulation for Ethernet service and for TDM services at various BER e Maximum linear input power used to calculate minimum distance e Antenna gain and cable loss for ODU with integrated antenna e Available channel bandwidths EIRP EIRP TxPower AntennaGaing CableLoss siteg Expected RSS and Fade Margin ExpectedRSS EIRP PathLoss AntennaGainy p CableLossy p where e Site Ais the transmitt
71. other with HSS cables and HSS distribution units One of the radios in the site is defined as HSS Master and generates synchronization pulses The other collocated radios in the site the HSS clients are connected to the HSS master and synchronize their transmission to the pulses An HSS client can be configured to work in one of two modes e HSS Client Continue Transmission HSC CT If the unit loses synchronization with the HSS master the link remains active However without synchronization pulses it is possible that this unit will cause interference e HSS Client Disable Transmission HSC DT If the unit loses synchronization with the HSS master the link is dropped until the synchronization pulses resume This setting prevents the unit from causing interference The remote ODUs that are not located at the hub site are called independent units and do not require HSS hardware G 2 Hardware Installation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization G 1 Hardware Installation A single HSS unit supports up to ten collocated ODUs In addition to each unit being connected to its IDU or PoE device the collocated unit has an additional cable that is connected to the HSS unit The HSS unit is a compact weatherproof IP67 connector box that is installed on the same mast as the ODUs All collocated units connect to this box using CAT 5e cable Cables in prepared lengths ar
72. parameters are defined via the Site Configuration dialog e System parameters e Air interface Transmit Tx power and antenna e Ethernet ports e Bridge e Maximum information rate e VLANs 4 1 Configuring the Link The configuration wizard is used to redefine the configuration parameters If necessary Both sites in the link are defined simultaneously Configuring the System Parameters After installing the link the system configuration can be modified Note All parameter changes are automatically applied to both sides of the link To change general parameters 1 Inthe Main menu click the Link Configuration button 2 The Configuration wizard opens Figure 4 1 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 1 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Link Configuration Wizard Welcome to the Link Configuration Wizard This wizard is used for performing Link configuration updates After Changes made in Frequency Field the Link will be resynchronized Note that all changes made to the Link should be reflected in Link Quality monitor All the fields are mandatory Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 1 Configuration Link Wizard 3 Click Next The Link Configuration dialog box appears see Figure 4 2 Link Configuration Wizard System Fill in the attribute Fields below Link ID EBG 20561334 Link Name TPSF_BTT Sitel Site2
73. privileges It is not possible to manage the ODU if the read write or the read community values are forgotten An alternative community key may be obtained from technical support for the purpose of setting new community the MAC address of the ODU must be supplied The manager application and the ODU use the community strings public brul for the local unit and public bru4097 for the remote unit These are the factory defaults A new community string can be set if necessary The read write community and read only community have a minimum of five alphanumeric characters Brul and bru4097 are not permitted Changing the trap community is optional by clicking the check box Editing Community Strings The community change dialog box is available from the Configuration gt Security tab Both read write and read only communities must be defined On entering for the first time use the following community settings e Read write community netman e Read only community public e Trap community public The community string can be changed when entering the system for the first time and the community string netman cannot be used again To change a community 1 From the Configuration dialog box select the Security tab Type the current read write community default is netman Select the communities to be changed by clicking the check box Type the new community and re type to confirm Ge NS Click OK to save Intrepid and Intrepi
74. radwllMilOduAdmBackToFactorySettin gsCmd radwllMilOduAdmlpParamsCnfg radwilMilOduAdmvVlan ID radwllMilOduAdmVlanPriority radwllMilOduAdmSN radwllMilOduAdmProductName radwllMilOduAdmActivationKey OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 24 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 25 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 26 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 27 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 28 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 29 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 30 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 31 radwlIMilOduAdmRmtPermittedOduTyp 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 32 e radwllMilOduAdmCpulD radwllMilOduSrvMode radwllMilOduSrvBridging radwllMilOduSrvRingLinkMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 33 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 1 radwllMilOduSrvRingTopologySupporte 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 2 d radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanidTable radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanidEntry radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanidindex radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanid 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 3 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 3 1 2 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer MIB Parameters SSOD0V RO RW RW RW RW RO RO RW RW RO RW RO RW RO N A N A RO RW Appendix E MIB Reference Description Password
75. re synchronization Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 Channel state Product specific and cannot be changed by the user Automatic Channel Selection uses channels that are AirChannelsOperState enabled and AirChannelsAvail enabled Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 Default channel s availability for all CBWs The valid values are forbidden 0 available 1 Radar detection state Valid values disabled 0 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name OID radwillMilOduAirAutoChannelSelectionS 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 20 tate radwilMilOduAirEnableTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 21 radwllIMilOduAirMinTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 22 radwillMilOduAirMaxTxPowerTable radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPowerEntry radwilMilOduAirMaxTxPowerlndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 23 1 1 radwllIMilOduAirMaxTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 23 1 2 radwilMilOduAirChannelBandwidth 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 24 radwilMilOduAirChannelBWTable radwllMilOduAirChannelBWEntry radwillMilOduAirChannelBWIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 1 radwilMilOduAirChannelBWAvalil 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 2 radwllIMilOduAirChannelsAdminState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 3 radwilMilOduAirChannelIBWHSSATDDC 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 4 onflictPerCBW radwiIMilOduAirChannelBWMinRatioFo 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 5 rSupporting radwillMilOduAirChannelBWMaxRatioFo 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000
76. service under Channel BW of 40MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern Hub Site Synchronization supported patterns A unique ID which is common to the HSM and all its collocated ODUs Hub Site Synchronization GPS time Hub Site Synchronization GPS Latitude Hub Site Synchronization GPS N S Indicator Hub Site Synchronization GPS Longitude Hub Site Synchronization GPS E W Indicator Hub Site Synchronization GPS Number of satellites Hub Site Synchronization GPS Altitude Hub Site Synchronization GPS RFP phase This parameter enables locking the link with a specific ODU The following values can be set Unlock default The ODU is not locked on a specific remote ODU Unlock can only be performed when the link is not connected Lock The ODU is locked on a specific remote ODU Lock can only be performed when the link iS active E 13 Appendix E MIB Reference Name radwllMilOduAirAntennaGain radwllMilOduAirFeederLoss radwilMilOduAirMaxAntennaGain radwllMilOduAirMinAntennaGain radwllMilOduAirMaxEIRP OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 42 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 43 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 44 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 45 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 46 radwillMilOduAirAntennaGainConfigSup 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 47 port radwllMilOduAirAntennaType radwllMilOduAirRssBalance radwilMilOduAirTotallxPower radwllMilOduAirInstallFreqAndCBW radwllMilOduAirDFStype radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandTable ra
77. statu ranged to connected 100Mitps Ful Dupla MOVIS 000023 LAN pon 02 state changed to chconnected 010 206 0028 SFP port M status changed fo deconmected 25 06 2003 1651 56 The tme was cet to MON JUN 29 1651 56 2009 Figure 5 5 Recent Alarms List ing Events displays the alarms irtestace Radio Intetace 1 Pori it on bey E1 Por O on ide E1 Pot 02 on bdu E1 Port 04 on icy Hanag rnert Pot on Odu LAN Poart 01 on hou SFP Pmt 07 on lda Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics 2 Use the Site button to switch between sites A and B 3 Use the Save button to store the events in a tab delimited list Setting the Events Preferences You can define a color that the traps are displayed in the monitor pane according to severity of the event The severity is predefined To set the trap color 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box appears 2 Click the Events Tab see Figure 5 6 3 Select the Event priority type and click on the El button A color chart opens 4 Select the desired color 5 Repeat for all the trap types To set the trap background color e Click Background Color to change the text background To reset the trap colors e Click Reset Settings to return to the default color settings Saving the Events Log To save the event log 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences
78. tagged with one of the user defined VIDs You can define up to eight VIDs per port Other frames are not modified and are forwarded transparently 5 When you are finished click OK to save your entries Configuring the QoS The Quality of Service QoS feature is available for links using Intrepid Ultra Series Radio radios To use the facility you must be familiar with the use of VLAN 802 19 or Diffserv QoS is a technique for prioritization of network traffic packets during congestion Intrepid Ultra Series Radio links support two classification criteria VLAN or Diffserv based Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Operation 4 35 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 4 36 Note Based upon the classification criterion chosen received packets will be mapped into one of four quality groups Real time Near real time Controlled load and Best effort You may partition the total link capacity across the four quality queues The default weights as percentages are shown in Table 4 1 Further you may also limit the maximum information rate MIR for each queue per site Table 4 1 Default priorities and Allocation by VLAN ID and Diffserv Quality Queue REDAT Real time 48 63 15 Near real time responsive SS 32 47 4 5 20 applications Controlled load 16 31 25 REDAT measures remaining Ethernet throughput after reduction of bandwidth used by TDM channels Use the Link Budget Calculator to
79. units are used To illustrate the method for calculating the sync pulse path length we show three examples For our purpose let e Lmn denote the length of the ODU HSS unit cable at SYNC n on HSS unit m e Hm be the length of the cable joining HSS unit m to HSS unit m 1 One HSS unit with five collocated ODUs Pathhength 2x fj te2xij t2x yt ays Two cascaded HSS units as shown in Figure G 7 Pathhengih 2xfpyteaxfhyy texiyt 2x Lig t A Hx Log t 2 x Log 2 x Lag Lag Three cascaded HSS units as shown in Figure G 8 Pathhength 2x Zf 2xfj 2xi4t ax dys tA tax fag t aX fag t 2X fog t Ax fag Hata xX fog t 2x fag t 2 x Lagt bes Hardware Installation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization G 2 Radio Frame Pattern Table A Radio Frame Pattern RFP is the cycle duration of transmit and receive of the air frame Without HSS When selecting TDM or Ethernet services the system automatically and transparently chooses the optimal RFP When TDM and Ethernet services are configured the RFP is optimized for TDM RFP and HSS When HSS is used the RFP for the collocated radios must be selected manually Both Airmux 200 and GE MDS Intrepid use the Time Division Duplex TDD mechanism Under HSS TDD enables synchronization of transmission for the collocated units as shown in Figure G 9 ODU 1 i Tx Tx i Tx Tx ODU 2 RX Ry Rx Ry i T
80. user must reset the ODU after the command completion Set a specific trap from the traps table set trap 3 10 0 0 133 162 Set the read access password read community Set the read write access password read write community Set the trap community string Toggle the buzzer mode 0 off 1 on Set the ODU transmit power If a wrong value Is entered both min and max values shall be displayed in the error reply Set the ODU bridge mode 0 off 1 on Set the name of the link Set the name of the location Set the name of the site manager Set the mode and speed of each ethernet port Set RFP for GSU Set transmission ratio for GSU Set transmission phase for GSU Reset both the IDU and the ODU The user shall be prompt that the command will reset the device and that he she has to restart the Telnet session Displays the available commands Figure 3 6 shows the available Telnet commands via the Help command 3 10 Configuration and Management Alternatives Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Chapter 4 Configuration This chapter describes configuration procedures which are performed after the physical installation of the local and remote Intrepid Series Radio units and the Installation Link wizard has been performed The following parameters are configured via the Link configuration wizard e System parameters e Frequency channel e Transmit power and antenna e Service parameters e Ethernet ring The following
81. 1 Selecting an Area of Interest to Zoom 3 Release the right mouse button The channels below the selected area become zoomed Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 23 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual gt Soccirwn Vicw Powe JBN Power piam a uarvey uHe HATGO 06 82 Po s is Frequewy ae Prey Terre Rare SLAC L086 8699 57 Mine Saray Power dem A y A _ Frozneray itr l Tire Raro 2LOT OOS SE GE oana E scored Figure 2 22 Selected Channels Zoomed To reverse the zoom 1 Right click within any Spectrum View panels System menu is displayed Antenna B Save Image 4s Show Point Values Powar d Em Show Max Show Average Show DFS Info Show Current Channel Un Zo00m Undo All Zoom Pan Figure 2 23 System Menu 2 Select Un Zoom to return to the normal display To show peak values recorded during analysis 1 Right click within any Spectrum View panels System menu is displayed 2 24 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup 2 Select Show Max Display shows the maximum recorded values Antenna B E co a L 5 e Wo T pmm aT oo wo Frequency MHz Time Stamp 21072009 08 59 37 Figure 2 24 Maximum
82. 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 19 MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer SSoD0V R O RO RW RW RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RW RO RO RO Installation and Operation Manual Description Deprecated parameter Actual rate of the air interface in Mbps For Channel Bandwidth of 20 10 5 MHz divide the value by 1 2 4 respectively Index of current air rate Deprecated parameter Actual behavior is read only Deprecated parameter Actual behavior is read only Current Transmit Power in dBm This is a nominal value while the actual transmit power includes additional attenuation Minimum center frequency in MHZ Maximum center frequency in MHZ Center Frequency resolution Measured in MHz if value lt 100 otherwise in KHz Current Center Frequency Measured in MHz if center frequency resolution value lt 100 otherwise in KHz Number of channels that can be used Table of channels used by automatic channels selection ACS ACS channels table entry INDEX radwillMilOduAirChannelsindex Channel Index Channel frequency in MHz Channel state Can be set by the user Automatic Channel Selection uses channels that are AirChannelsOperState enabled and AirChannelsAvail enabled A change is effective after link
83. 10 105 211 Everita Loo Number Date amp Time Message 000001 J200 10 21 36 AM Comecteaj to 2 2 020002 J200 10 27 33 AM Comoatbe Di detected 020003 3 30 2003 10 27 46 AM 2ost of 2reguested TOM Trurks have Deen opened 000004 3 30 2003 10 2746 AM TDM Service Alam The reason amp Lire state dam 000005 3 30 2079 10 31 57 AM Compdes Ds detected 000005 3 30 2008 10 3303 AM Compte D detected W Connection Avadsble Connection Node Network IP Address 10 105 2 2 far Mure Z00 Figure H 7 The Secondary Link under Normal Operation To see what happens following a switchover from the primary link to the secondary link you need to have running two copies of the Link Manager one logged into the primary link and one logged into the secondary link When the switchover to the secondary link occurs the following indications appear Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installing a Hot Standby Link H 7 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Unk Setup_t Servces Del 1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 250 Chunri Ow pr 20 Rate Mops Adactve Status Link active IP Address 10 105 1 2 Subnet Meck 255 255 255 0 Trap Denetor 10 005 12 IP Address 10 1065 1 4 Suret Mek 255 255 2550 Trap Destination 10 105 t t1 Eventi Log Number ooones 000093 000030 000031 lt 5f Connection Avatable Connection Moder Metwork Date amp Time 3 30 2099 10 37 39 aM 3 30 2079 10 37 39 AM 3 30 2099 10 37 39 AM 3 30 2099 10 37
84. 101 Subnet AEN Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 F 2 Changing the Factory Default Band All ODUs supplied by GE MDS come pre configured with a factory set up product part number dependent band It may be changed using the procedure explained in this appendix e f for some reason the default band needs to be changed it must be done before link Installation e Use of an incorrect band may be in violation of local regulations The minimal equipment required to change an ODU default band is e Laptop computer managing computer e An installed copy of the Airmux Manager e A PoE device e Acrossed Ethernet LAN cable e AnIDU ODU cable To change the factory default band 1 Using the IDU ODU cable connect the PoE device to the ODU ensuring that the cable is plugged into the PoE port marked P LAN OUT 2 Connect the Poe device to AC power 3 Using a crossed LAN cable connect the LAN IN port of the PoE device to the Ethernet port of the managing computer The ODU starts beeping at about once per second indicating correct operation 4 Launch the Airmux Manager 5 Log in as Installer Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Changing the Factory Default Band F 5 Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band Installation and Operation Manual Figure F 7 Logging in as an Installer 6 Enter the default password wireless After a few moments the Link Manager main window appears Seles File Configuration
85. 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 3 MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString DisplayString Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer SSOD0V RO RW RW RW N A N A RO RO RO RW RW RW RW RO RO N A N A RO RO RW RO RW RO N A N A RO Installation and Operation Manual Description VLAN unaware Represents the Ethernet service blocking state of a Rings link Defines the minimal time in ms required for determination of ring failure Defines the minimal time in ms required for ring recovery Mode of QoS feature QoS configuration table QoS configuration table INDEX radwillMilOduSrvQoSConflindex Index of QoS Configuration Frames classification according to VLAN Priority IDs Frames classification according to Diffserv Desired Private MIR QoS queueu s weights in percent Frames classification according to VLAN IDs String for set Frames classification according to Diffserv IDs string for set Maximal percent for RT amp NRT queues Current Ethernet bandwidth in bps ODU Ethernet Interface table ODU Ethernet Interface table entry INDEX radwilMilOduEthernetlflndex ODU Ethernet Interface Index ODU MAC address Required state of the interface Current operational state of the interface Fai
86. 39 AM IP Adaress 10 105 1 2 Installation and Operation Manual Message Compstiite TAs Getected Ethernet Service has Deen opened 2 out of 2 requested TOM Trunks have bean opened TOM Service Azm The reason 5 Line state dam fae 200 po po pa pa NNN 3 3 Figure H 8 Primary Link a few Seconds before Regular No Link Display H 8 Installing a Hot Standby Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Site 2 4 lt LOCAT Wk E Setup 2 Serves Dele Ethernet Frequency 2t 5 490 Channel fw MHz 20 7 Rate Meps Adaptive E 6 abuse Unk Aten Eternet Throughput Mbps a 0 Ra Rate RSS darn IP Sddress 10 105 22 Sarat Hak 130 253 205 0 __Estimated Time Between Errors Trap Oetinaiers 10 105 221 seu AUE IP Ad ess 10 106 2 4 Sret Masio 295 255 295 0 Trap Oewtination 10 205 2 11 Date amp Time Message y W 2009 10 3 21 AM TOM Service hat Deer diced The raston amp Sy Lost WSs 2008 1042 52 AM TDM Senice het Deen dosed The jeson amp Smic Lost WH 20 2008 12 40 58 AM The tine was set to MON MAAR 30 09 4058 2009 3 30 2008 1040 05 AM Traremitting on chanel 5 270 Gt 3 30 2008 10 37 35 AM Traretmitting on channel S280 Gt 350 2009 10 38 26 AM o Traremitting on channel 5 250 Gr IP Address 10 105 2 2 Ayhtux 200 Figure H 9 Active Secondary Link after Switchover Note The active secondary link appear
87. 4 hKbps radwilMilOduPerfMonHighTrafficThresh 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 25 Kbps radwlIMilOduAgnGenAddTrapExt 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 1 1 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Gauge Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer MIB Parameters SSOD0V RO N A N A RO RO N A N A RO RO RW RW RW RW RW RW RW Appendix E MIB Reference Description Parameter indicating whether the TDM service was active Under TDM backup link the parameter indicates whether the backup link was active This table defines keeps the TDM counters of the last day in resolution of 15 min intervals This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmintervalldx This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 Parameter indicating whether the TDM service was active Under TDM backup link the parameter indicates whether the backup link was active This table defines keeps the TDM counters of the last month in resolution of days This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayldx This table is indexed per Day number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 Parameter indicating whether the TDM service was active Under TDM backup link the parameter indicates whether the backup link was active When the Transmit power exceed
88. 50 Agg 7 For climate factors descriptions click to the right of the drop down list Link B Link Link A Band 5 730 5 845 GHe FCC IC Integrated M Product Series Airtun 400 100M Y Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Auto M Tx Power 18 dBrn 8 18 i Antenna Type Dual 3 dB Climate T errai n Antenna Gain SiteA 23 SiteB 23 dBi Factor Radio Cable Loss sitealo siteslo B EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Fade Margin ls dB Rate 117 Mb s 2 64 0AM0 75 Adaptive CI Expected RSS Fade Margin 64 dBm 6dB l Min 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Moderate terrain and climate Range Max 10 9 Km 6 8 Miles Required Climate 10 kn E N Good c 025 Ethernet Only YW i Type Services 99 9871 availability downtime 68 miniyear Ethernet Throughput 79 4 Mb s 43 6 Mb s Full Duplex Installation Antenna height for LOS C 10 Using the Link Budget Calculator 9 Mieter 30 Feet 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Figure C 10 Climate Factors Description Figure C 11 displays world map with the climate factor contours 4 0 y p DP W c 0 25 Good O C 1 Average jc 2 Moderate W ca DiMcuk Bc Very Difficult fis pama B7 rn et Cd a Figure C 11 World Map with Climate Factor Contours 8 Click Calculate to obtain the required performance estimate Note Placing the cursor in any othe
89. AC Addresses A The GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio is a layer 2 Bridge VLAN transparent The built in switch contains a MAC address table with up to 2047 entries Q Can I use any category 5e cable in order to connect the IDU and ODU A The cable should be suitable for outdoor use shielded Category 5e Q What are the BER values expected in the GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio link A 10 11 according to BER sensitivity threshold Q Does GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio use DSSS technique A No GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio uses the advanced OFDM technique Frequently Asked Questions Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics 5 10 Technical Support Technical support for this product can be obtained from the local distributor from whom it was purchased For further information please contact Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Technical Support 5 21 Chapter 6 Software Upgrade The Link Manager provides a Software Upgrade Utility SWU to upgrade the software firmware of installed ODUs in a network The update files may be located anywhere accessible by the operator The SWU provides for prior backup of the current files prior to upgrade The default location of the software files is in the installation area and can be used to restore factory defaults Software upgrades can be delivered to a single or multiple sites using Manager To upgrade software
90. AN OUT 2 For connectorized ODUs screw the RF terminators into the two antenna ports A powered up ODU emits RF radiation from the antenna port or connected antenna When working with a powered up connectorized ODU always use RF terminators Warning For an ODU with an integrated antenna ensure that the antenna is always directed away from people 3 Connect the Poe device to AC power Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Preloading an ODU with an IP Address F 1 Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band Installation and Operation Manual 4 Using a crossed LAN cable connect the LAN IN port of the PoE device to the Ethernet port of the managing computer The ODU will commence beeping at about once per second indicating correct operation 5 Launch the Airmux Manager 6 At the log on window choose Local Connection IP Address Password Figure F 1 Log on Window for Local Connection 7 Enter the default password admin After a few moments the Airmux Manager main window appears EES Fie Configuration Tools Maintenance Help hy Link Installation Site Location Site2 Configuration Get Diagnostics Location Link ID Services None Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fos Status Transmitting Ethernet Throughput Mbps Site Location Radio Interface IP Address 10 0 0 120 Subnet Mask
91. Asymmetric Allocation and Collocation The use of Asymmetric Allocation is limited where the link is collocated Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate From the lists below Service TOM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet Qos Services Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive wt Distance 0 Em t 0 Miles Transmission Ratio fa B O M A 1007 90 04 7 50 04 Monitor Link A Radio Interface A B Bee lelem OO O Figure 2 44 Services and Rates Intrepid Series Radio Master and Clients The yellow areas should not be used Using these areas you may lose the collocated link with the longest distance between sites Asymmetric Allocation and TDM You cannot use this feature when TDM services are used Selection of TDM ports as in the next section resets the Ethernet balance to 50 in each direction and the green slider does not appear in subsequent installation or configuration runs Cancelling TDM port use makes the allocation bar reappear re enabling asymmetric Ethernet traffic allocation Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Configuring TDM Services To configure the TDM services 1 Click Configure The TDM Services dialog box is displayed Services Configuration TOM Ports l 3 5 7 g ii 13 15 2 Maximurn Available Services Ethernet Onk Select Select Maximum Cl
92. C to 60 C 31 F to 140 F IDU 0 C to 50 C 32 F to 122 F ODU Up to 100 non condensing IP67 IDU Up to 90 non condensing Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 2 Radio Link Characteristics 4 8 6 GHz 2 4 GHz k dBm dBm QPSK v a s fo com m 18 Table 1 3 Antenna Options Single Antenna Dual Antenna Dimensions degrees mm Integrated Flat panel 4 9x 5 875 19 4 9x GHz 371x371x40 14x14x1 5 2 5 5 5 23 5 x GHz External Flat panel 4 90 5 80 20 5 4 90 5 00 GHz 371x371x40 14x14x1 5 22 ia 2 x N type 22 5 00 5 80 GHz Flat panel 4 90 6 06 22 5 5 15 5 25 GHz 23 5 25 5 875 GHz 371x371x40 14x14x1 5 25 55 2x N type 21 5 5 875 6 00 GHz Flat panel 5 6 06 23 5 70 5 875 GHz 371x371x40 14x14x1 5 25 55 2xN type 21 5 5 875 6 06 GHz Dish 4 90 6 06 28 low band 28 5 mid band 5 6 Diam 600 Diam 23 6 7 0 15 4 2 x N type 30 high band Note The range of the system depends on the system configuration For further information contact the GE MDS partner nearest you or one of GE MDS offices worldwide Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Technical Specifications 1 13 Warning Note Warning Chapter 2 Installation and Setup This section describes the installation alignment and setup procedures for an Intrepid Series Radio system After installing the hardware and establishing a link refer to C
93. DM services which are configured via the Services dialog box Configuration procedure is the same as during the link installation process see Configuring the Services in Chapter 2 If you are using a link that e is non collocated e is Ethernet only e uses model Intrepid Ultra Series Radio ODUs When you may use Asymmetric Allocation You may change the capacity allocation here the same way as during link installation Use the Asymmetric Allocation slider to select the downlink uplink Ethernet data stream ratio Transmission Ratio fH B O B Se 100 r0 0 7 30 04 To configure the services 1 In the Services dialog box configure the TDM services select jitter buffer depth and a rate 2 Click Next to continue Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 15 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Link Configuration Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate From the lists below Service Configuration TOM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Services FxEL Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive w Distance o kr 0 Miles IDU A Product Airlux 400 DUE i6 TOM AirMux 400 IDUE i6 TOM H Version 3 a ov Version 24 00 63085 Sep 92009 2 4 00_b3085 Sen 9 2009 Monitor Link A Fan Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 15 Link Configuration Wizard Services Dialog Box Configuring the TDM Clock Clock type for each TDM interface Is selected via the TDM Parameters dialog box Config
94. DS Intrepid Series Radio is not sensitive to environmental conditions However if heavy rain or snowfall is expected ensure the performance by allowing a higher fade margin in the link budget planning calculations Q When using the GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio what is the potential for interference between our system and other cellular or wireless network devices A The GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio is a robust system However since it operates in unlicensed band there maybe some interference Nevertheless the fact that we can manually set the frequency gives us the flexibility to find a clear channel In addition each GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio link uses unique user configurable SSID code Q What type of security is offered on GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio A GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio has three levels of security 1 AES hardware mechanism 2 Each unit uses a unique SSID link specific code up to 24 alphanumeric characters Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Frequently Asked Questions 5 19 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual 3 Proprietary protocol protects from eavesdropping from other systems Q Can we use horizontal and vertical polarization on the same frequency to double the number of wireless links A Installing two GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio systems in the same band with cross polarization provides 20 25 dB separations Nevertheless since there are reflections the cross polarizat
95. DU and the NTP server this port must be opened Windows XP command w32tm stripchart computer lt server IP gt can be used to check the NTP server connectivity e tcan take up to 8 minutes for the NTP to synchronize the ODU date and time To set date and time 1 Click Configuration from the main menu 2 Select which site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens 3 Select Date amp Time see Figure 4 41 3 Site Configuration A File Actions Help ind ki s Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off a Installation Mode Air Interface 4 Tx Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory NTP Server iO Wa HE Fi Security Offset Minutes 00 00 HH mm Date amp Time Advanced Ethernet TDM Services 5 Date amp Time 02 09 2005 00 03 14 2 External Alarms 2 Operations Cea Figure 4 41 Date and Time NTP Synchronization 4 If entering an address for the NTP Server click Clear and then enter the new address 5 Set the Offset value minutes ahead or behind the GMT 6 To manually set the date and time click Change Figure 4 42 and edit the new values The ODU time can be locked to a PC clock by checking the corresponding box appears on the Change screen 4 42 Performing Additional Tasks Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration cy Change Date amp Time A Date amp Time 0 09 2005 MOT
96. ES TDM Serice EF Estemal Aiae Tiap Dasination 3 Operations Figure F 4 ODU with IP Parameters Configured 10 Click OK You are asked to confirm the change Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Preloading an ODU with an IP Address F 3 Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help x Insta iatiat Site Configuration Location fou are about to change ODU parameters This process will last several seconds The IP parameters will be changed and will produce a disconnection from the local unit Do you wish to continue Installation and Operation Manual More Info gt gt Figure F 5 Confirmation of IP Address Change 11 Click Yes to accept the change A gt Link Link a Link ID Services None Frequency GHz 5 820 Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Status Transmitting Site Location IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding After about half a minute the changes are registered in the ODU The left hand panel of the main window displays the new IP configuration for the ODU i Site Location Location Get Diagnostics Site2 Radio Interface RSS dBm Ethernet Service Ethernet Throughput Mbps Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps Events Log Number 000001 000002 000003 o00004 lt Connection Avail
97. GPS Sync Unit dialog box y Syno Link Rado Fear Pattern FFF Corteytion Tranumentean Sabin Figure J 8 Site Configuration GPS Sync Unit Note The 1000 and 2000 labels refer to Older Intrepid and GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio respectively 4 Configure the RFP for HSS The GSU is automatically configured as HSS Master HSM Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Configuring the GSU J 7 Appendix J GPS Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual J 8 Ensure that no other collocated ODU is configured as HSM If there are one or more GE MDS Intrepid Series Radios units you must use RFP B or E The permitted RFPs are also dependent on channel bandwidth and are color coded Use the RFP Channel Bandwidth combinations with this color For the following collocated radios Older Intrepid only Newer GE MDS Intrepid Series Radios only Older Intrepid and GE MDS Intrepid Series Radios together None unavailable There is a further restriction If there are two distributed sites transmitting to each other they must both use the same RFP This requirement together with use of shifted transmission phase ensures that communicating distributed sites to not interfere with each other by transmitting simultaneously Two GSU managed sites transmitting with shifted transmission phase and using the same RFP transmit one half a RFD apart see Figure J 3 above Set the Tx transmission ratio Since the GSU is always HSM
98. If you carry out this operation on a link the band change is effective on both sites and installation mode is initiated For a DFS band all configurations are made via the main window and the installation mode is disabled Entering a License Key License keys are required for activating certain product features or enabling operational frequencies License keys are distributed by GE MDS To enter a license key 1 Log on as Installer 2 Inthe Operations dialog box Site Configuration gt Advanced gt Operations button from the main tool bar enter your license key into the License Key field and click Activate Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Changing the Factory Default Band F 9 Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band Installation and Operation Manual F 10 Site Configuration A ER Bysiem Operations Q Air Interface ie 22 Hub Site Sync Py Management Inventory R Security Date Time IDU Detection Mode oO Advanced 4k Ethernet TDM Services FE External Alarms Operations IE P 3 P ea bee License Key i Ra 4 Opam r A Figure F 14 Entering a License Key 3 When it is accepted click Cancel Changing the Factory Default Band Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization When several units are collocated at a common hub site interference may occur from one unit to another ODU units support the collocation of more than two
99. If you reset the site to which you are connected to factory settings you can lock yourself out of the link Network login IP address to the ODU is recommended If you log on using Local Connection through a PoE device you will need to connect it to the managing computer using a crossed Ethernet cable The default IP address for the ODU is 10 0 0 120 The subnet mask is 255 0 0 0 The actual IP address is defined during link configuration see Chapter 4 6 Select your user type An Observer has read only access to the link An Observer can monitor the link generate reports but may not change any link parameters An Operator can install and configure the link An Installer can in addition to functioning as an Operator also change the operating band The latter function requires familiarity with local regulations Table 2 4 User Types Default Password Function Community Community String admin Monitoring Read Only public Installation admin Read Write netman configuration wireless ue cea Read Write netman band Change default passwords as soon as possible If you are a user with Read Write permission click Options to enter the Community options If you are using the system for the first time leave the default Community passwords netman for read write and public for read only f Community values were previously defined enter them under Community in the Read Only or Read Write boxes lf you are a use
100. Interfaces 5 17 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual Loopback Help Loopback Configuration Siela Select Maximum Deselect All Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Mone E Ga Reverse q 13 15 1 3 7 11 G 15 aie LLN EARANN O ee 4 10 12 16 F 4 al 4 Figure 5 14 Selecting a Loopback Type 4 Click OK to activate a loopback The Airmux Manager returns to the main screen An active test Is indicated by a loopback icon in a TDM port File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help 5 gt B P Link Configuration Link Installation Site A ite Get Diagnostics Clear Counters amp Link TPSF_BTT Link ID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Tx Ratio Channel Bw MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active Location Radio Interface Ethernet Service Estimated Throughput Mbps IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TOM Service Counters Display Mode Accumulative Current Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 lt 4 1X 106 7 lt 4 1X 106 7 TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 E1 Ports Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Frequency 5 820 GHz Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address Events Log amp connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 AirMux 400 Encrypted Link Figure 5
101. Is displayed Tx Power Limits Under the following air rates the Ts Power limits are Single Antenna Confquraton Dual Antenna Configuraton Rate Mbps Max Ts Power dEr Rate Mbps Max Tx Power dB rn 26 24 ole 24 39 el fo el ne 14 104 153 56 5 15 117 16 65 16 130 16 Figure 2 37 Tx Power Limits The precise relationship between the items in inequality and the window of Figure 2 35 is follows e Required Tx Power per radio will be adjusted down to the lesser of the value entered and maxAllowedTxPower e TxPower system is maxAllowedTxPower 3 for 2 radios e Max EIRP is maxRegEIRP e EIRP is maxAllowedTx Power Antenna Gain Cable Loss The table in Figure 2 37 only shows rates where the maximum Tx Power is the limitation rather than regulations When you close the window of Figure 2 37 the change you requested will not be honored and you will need to try again When you close the window of Figure 2 37 the change you requested will not be honored and you will need to try again Note Since our demonstration link is entirely indoors we have reduced Tx Power to 5 dBm to obtain a realistic RSS Although this is much too low for field use the method is general Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 39 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual 2 40 Link Installation Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill the Tx Power an
102. MDS Intrepid MDS Intrepid Ultra Broadband Wireless Transceivers Version 2 5 MDS 05 4811A04 Rev A AUGUST 2012 Digital Energy MDS Q Y Note This document contains information that is proprietary to GE MDS No part of this publication may be reproduced modified or distributed without prior written authorization of GE MDS LLC This document is provided as is without warranty of any kind Statement of Conditions The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice GE MDS shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damage in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this document or equipment supplied with it Information to User Any changes or modifications of equipment not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user s authority to operate the equipment and the warranty for such equipment Copyright 2012 by GE MDS LLC All rights reserved Quick Start Guide Installation and Operation Manual Quick Start Guide Installation of an Intrepid Series Radio should be carried out only by an experienced technician 1 Equipment Required The following is a list of the equipment and materials required to install Intrepid hardware e Tools and materials Crimping tool for RJ 45 if the ODU IDU cable is without connectors Spanner wrench 13 mm 0 5 in Drill for wall mounting only Cable
103. MS traffic The user decides if such a separation is required Both the headquarters and remote sites are configured with VLAN management Factory settings can be restored at any time for each ODU Information on links and management can be collected and analyzed via a single action Spectrum View displays a visual representation of spectrum avail ability during the link installation It is an RF survey tool supporting the link installation prior to service activation Use Spectrum View to choose the operating channel 1 2 Physical Description An Intrepid Series system may consist of an Outdoor Unit ODU and an Indoor Unit or an outdoor PoE housed in a weather proof enclosure ELLE l e it Bar ne Figure 1 1 Intrepid Series IDU and ODUs Outdoor Unit ODU The ODU is the radio transceiver of the Intrepid Series system It supports two radios for MIMO operation The ODU may be mounted on a pole or a wall and connects to the IDU or PoE device using a Cat 5e cable Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Physical Description 1 5 Chapter 1 Introduction Installation and Operation Manual ODUs are available as e Integrated Antenna ODU This ODU has an integrated 370 mm 1 2ft flat panel antenna The ODU contains both the radio and the antenna as a single unit housed in a weatherproof case e Connectorized ODU This ODU has 2 x N type connectors for connecting an external antenna The external antenna choices are e
104. MillduSrvAvailServicesMinRateld 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 3 x radwillMillduSrvAvailServicesMaxRateld 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 4 x radwilMillduSrvAvailServicesReason radwillMillduSrvEthActive 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 12 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer MIB Parameters SSoD0V RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO Appendix E MIB Reference Description A bitmap describing the currently open TDM trunks A bitmap describing the number of TDM trunks that can be opened in the current configuration The values take into account the IDU hardware configuration the air rate and the installation range IDU Possible Services table IDU Services table entry INDEX radwillMillduSrvPossibleServicesIndex Table index Rate index of the air interface Deprecated parameter A bitmap describing the TDM trunks that can be opened in the corresponding Air Rate Deprecated parameter This parameter describes if the Ethernet Service can be opened in the corresponding Air Rate The valid values are disabled 0 enabled 1 Current Ethernet bandwidth in bps per air rate Cost of the TDM Service in bps ODU Possible TDM Services table ODU TDM Services table
105. Normally Open 1 Common 2 Normally Closed 3 Normally Open 4 Common 5 Normally Closed 6 Normally Open 7 Common Normally Closed 9 Alarm Connector A 3 Appendix A Connection Data Installation and Operation Manual I O Description Pin Output 4 Normally Open 10 Output 4 Common 11 Output 4 Normally Closed 12 The following diagram describes how to connect external input and output alarms Note e Use an external current limit resistor to limit the current at the output relays to 1 Ampere Such resistor is not required if the equipment connected to the IDU supports current limiting to 1 Amp e The voltage of the input alarm must be within the range of 10 to 50 VDC Mimay Opon Out 4 Cowen ml NecerrteePy Chron 1D to 50 YOC Alarm Ve Alaina Concarytroton Lagorai 10 to 50 VOC Alarm Voltacs Ge Cemi Lee ihessi ee ert i DE Powe Soora jected Figure A 2 Connecting External Alarm Equipment Input Alarms The input alarms are raised by events from external equipment such as a fire warning door open or air conditioner failure Output Alarms Output alarms are generated through dry contact relays to indicate various system events according to the following table An alarm is raised if at least one of the conditions is met A 4 Alarm Connector GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Alarm Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Appendix A Connection
106. Outdoor Connections To complete the outdoor connections 1 Connect the ground cable to the ODU chassis as marked on the ODU Connect the antenna cable s to the ODU Connect the lightning protection device to the ODU 2 5 4 Attach the ODU IDU cable to the ODU RJ 45 connector 5 Screw in the cable glands to ensure hermetic sealing of the ODU 6 Secure the cables to the pole mast or brackets using UV rated cable ties Mounting and IDU To mountan IDU 1 If the rack already holds other equipment ensure that it is properly grounded Do not proceed with installation into a live rack unless it is properly grounded Warning 2 Attach the rack mounting brackets to the IDU 3 Bolt the IDU into an empty slot in the rack ensuring that it sits securely GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Quick Start Guide Installation and Operation Manual 4 Ground the IDU to the rack using grounding lug The IDU should be left permanently grounded Note Instead of using the rack mounting brackets the IDU may be rail mounted using the four screw holes on each of its sides Connecting the ODU to the IDU Toconnect the ODU to the IDU 1 Route the cable from the ODU to the IDU secure the cable along its path 2 Connect the cable to the ODU RJ 45 connector on the IDU Connecting User Equipment to the IDU To connect user equipment to the IDU e Connect user switch router or any other compatible device to
107. Second BBE Background Block Error Air Interface PM Data Max RSL Min RSL Max TSL Min TSL RSL Threshold 1 RSL Threshold 2 TSL Threshold 1 BBER Threshold Ethernet Interface PM Received Bytes Data Transmitted Bytes Explanation Seconds in which the interface was out of service The number of seconds in which there was at least an error block Note that notation of an error block is different per interface The number of seconds in which the service quality is low the actual BBER ratio varies per interface The number of error block in an interval A flag indicating that the data is valid Note that the PM data is not valid if not all the values were stored Possible reasons are clock changes within the interval and Power up reset The maximum of the receive signal level measured in dBm The minimum of the receive signal level measured in dBm The maximum of the transmit signal level measured in dBm The transmit power is fixed The value can be changed only by user configuration The minimum of the transmit signal level measured in dBm This parameter counts the number of seconds in which the RSL is below the specified threshold This parameter counts the number of seconds in which the RSL is below the specified threshold This parameter counts the number of seconds in which the RSL is above the specified threshold The BBER Threshold value counts the number of seconds in which the Bac
108. System AES using a 128 bit dynamic key During the installation process a Link Password must be set An Initial encryption key is generated Each time a link is established the Encryption key is validated If the validation failed the link is established but no service or configuration is allowed In this state the user can change the link password of each of the sites To change the link password 1 From the Configuration dialog box select the Security tab 2 Click Change next to the Link Password field box The Change Link Password dialog box appears 3 Enter the current link password Performing Additional Tasks Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration 4 Enter the new password 5 Enter the new password again in the Confirm box J Site Configuration A File Actions Help vd iP x a Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Security R aE C it l Air Interface moe i SNMP Communities E Tx Power amp Ant sake 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory Link Password Link Password Yalue Link Lock Date amp Time 6 Advanced a amp Ethernet TDM Services it External Alarms Sy C Lock the Link 2 Operations cerca Figure 4 40 Security Screen Restoring Link Password In case of a forgotten link password the user may enter the key password supplied with the product The key password may be obtained from custome
109. Tools Maintenance Help x X Link Installation Site Location Site2 Configuration Get Diagnostics Location Radio Interface RSS dBm Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fos Ethernet Service Ethernet Throughput Mbps IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Transmittingoon Channel 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address IP Address 192 168 1 101 amp Connection Available Connection Mode Network Figure F 8 Opening Link Manager Window prior to Band Change If you are changing the band on an installed link change the over the air site site B first Caution Otherwise you will lock yourself out of the link 7 Ifyou are required to enter a license key click Site Location and select Operations 8 Enter a license key obtained from GE MDS into the License Key field 9 Click Activate to activate the key F 6 Changing the Factory Default Band Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band t Site Configuration Location Fie Atoe Heb Vi s B Backup Rlebech Biers OW System POperations Factory Soling Fer etertace Fed Fact wed Saltire wll iha ai Tx Power 4 Ant me actory Dei me bang down conpeciion J Hub Site Bune Ste Config sation faoz bos wed be clove
110. Version Identified Warning To view summary of saved alarms e From the Tools menu choose Active Alarm The Active Alarms Summary window opens See Table 5 5 for an explanation of the command buttons Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Handling Events 5 9 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics 5 10 ra s Active Alarms Command Save Refresh Site Close Sric A K Site Cicos Oescnption interface Installation and Operation Manual LAN port 02 status changed to dsronrected LAN Port Olonidu OLS 2005 00 00 47 SFP port 01 status changed to dscomrecten SP Port 01 on Idu Lens 21 56 43 TOM Service Alam The eann amp Line state dam Figure 5 4 Active Alarms Summary Table 5 5 Active Alarms Command Buttons Action Saves the alarms in CSV or text format for further analysis Reads the alarms from the ODU and Selects site for the active alarms Closes the active alarm window Viewing Recent Events Each ODU stores the last 256 events Toview the last 256 events 1 From the Tools menu choose Recent Events The Recent Event Screen is displayed o Recent Eventis A Fie vwe Hob d H Save Ste A Oo Numba Handl Device Date amp Tne Desonphion NAVAN ODOT Chana scanning F progess I yn DD gt IDU ice Tee lr dys Getectec mAV OOD 2S TOM Intetace 1 LOS MOVI ODOR TOM Inietace 2 LOS MAVE 0002 TOM Interface 3 LOS 01 08 2006 000028 TOM Indesiace 4 LOS 0A 0002 LAN por 0
111. a Maximum allowed Antenna Gain in 0 1 dBi resolution Minimum allowed Antenna Gain in 0 1 dBi resolution Maximum EIRP value as defined by regulation in 0 1 dBm resolution Antenna Gain Configurability options are product specific supported not supported External Antenna Type Monopolar or Bipolar RSS balance Relation between RSS in radio 1 and RSS in radio 2 Total Transmit Power in dBm This is a nominal value While the actual transmit power includes additional attenuation Installation frequency Channel BW DFS regulation type ODU Multi band Sub Bands Table ODU Multi band Sub Bands Table entry INDEX radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandlndex ODU Multi band sub bands table index Represents the Multi band sub band ID Multi band sub band description Represents the Multi band sub band installation frequency in KHz Represents the Multi band sub band administrative state Reflects if the Multi band sub band allowes installtion Reflects the frequency band Id Represents the number of Multi band sub Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name OID ands radwllIMilOduAirComboSwitchSubBand 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 3 radwllMilOduAirlnternalMaxRate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 54 radwllMilOduAirCapacityDirection 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 55 radwllMilOduAirSpectrumAnalysisOper 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 56 1 State radwllMilOduAirRxPowerAntennaA 1
112. a Ver 2 5 Performing Additional Tasks 4 43 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 4 Select the Link Lock checkbox Click OK 5 You are asked to confirm the lock Site Configuration A e fou are about to change ODU parameters waa The local ODU can be synchronized exclusively to the current remote DCU Do vou wish to continue 6 Click the Yes to confirm the link lock The Lock the Link check box becomes unavailable and a link icon appears in the status bar on the bottom right of the Link Manager window D G Encrypted Link 7 Repeat the procedure for Site B Torevert the link lock e Reset ODU at either site to restore the link lock to its previous setting Muting the Buzzer The ODU alignment tone becomes audible as soon as power is supplied and continues until the ODUs are aligned and the link established It is possible to mute the tone during regular operation of the link It must be enabled when performing the alignment procedure To mute the beeper 1 Click on Configuration in the Menu bar and select the relevant site The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Inthe Configuration dialog box click the Buzzer button The button toggles between on and off The buzzer stops D Buzzer Auto Inst E y Auto on CFF VOHeRSs CIME Torestore the buzzer 1 Click Configuration in the Menu bar and select the relevant site 4 44 Performing Additional Task
113. able Connection Mode Local Date amp Time 12 02 2009 10 25 46 12 02 2009 10 25 47 12 02 2009 10 35 05 12 02 2009 10 35 12 Transmitting on ChennelS 820 GHz Message Trap Source IP Address Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal Connected to Location Device unreachable Connected to Location IP Address 255 255 255 255 Internal Internal Internal Figure F 6 Main Window after IP Address Change 12 Click Cancel to leave the open Management dialog 13 Remove the RF terminators from a connectorized ODU after powering it down 14 You may now exit the Airmux Manager or connect to another ODU If you choose to To recover a lost or forgotten ODU IP address Preloading an ODU with an IP Address connect to another ODU after about a minute the main window of the Airmux Manager will revert to that shown in Figure F 2 above In any event power down the changed ODU the IP address change will take effect when you power it up again Use the above procedure to log on to it using Local Connection Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band Caution The IP address will appear in the left hand status area Ke Link TPSF_BTT Link ID EBG 20561334 Services Mone Frequency GHz 5 815 Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FOCI Channel BY MHz 20 Rate Mbps Status Transmitting IP Address 197 168 1
114. able radio channels and dynamically selecting a channel which is best suited for transmission at any given time e Automatic Repeat Request ARQ is a mechanism for error control during data transmission When the receiver detects an error in the received information it automatically requests the transmitter to resend the information This process is repeated until the transmission is error free or the error continues beyond a predetermined number of maximum transmissions Intrepid Series ARQ mechanism is optimized for time critical traffic 1 2 Overview Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 1 Introduction e Forward Error Correction FEC with very low overhead and algorithms specifically designed for the varying conditions of license exempt frequency bands ensuring fast robust and error free communications LAN Interface Intrepid Series IDUs includes two 10 100BaseT ports and one SFP based Fast Ethernet port with autonegotiation and VLAN support Traffic handling is provided by a MAC level self learning bridge Single port PoE units are also available for Ethernet only systems Physical Configurations An outdoor unit ODU an optional external antenna and an indoor unit IDU with redundant DC power supplies The outdoor unit is suitable for mast or wall installation Superior Spectral Efficiency Built on advanced MIMO and OFDM technologies the Intrepid Series system provides a high capac
115. ace RSS dBm Figure 2 50 TDM Jitter Buffer Configuration Dialog Box 2 Set the desired jitter buffer depth value for both sites 3 Click Evaluate to check the TBFR TDM Block Failure Ratio The TBFR evaluation bar is displayed at the bottom of the screen Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below Service TOM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet QoS A E Size ms E 2 Default Size ms 5 2 i A Warning Changing TOM Jitter Buler sze will affect ihe TDM delay ao Service has been evaluated Click Next to continue Evaiuate Du A B Product AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM HYY Version 3 3 SW Version 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 Monitor Link N Radio Interface B RSS dBm O E lt 1 0 10E 9 lt 1 0 10E 9 TBFR Evaluation aoe Figure 2 51 TDM Jitter Buffer Configuration Dialog Box TBFR Evaluation Bar Displayed Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 49 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual 4 Click Next which performs the change or Back to cancel the change 5 When done click Evaluate to evaluate the overall service performance 6 Click Next if you are satisfied or Back to change the settings Selecting TDM Clock Type Flexible timing scheme allows the Intrepid Series Radio TDM ports to
116. ace Netwok Paaneiers YOON Protocol ME Tx Power amp Ant Ervbled Hub Sie Sync VLAN ID VLAN Protty B Manage mieri 2 Invertory pi security Dats amp Time O Advanced a Ethernet ED TOM Senice it Extemal Alsrms 3 Uperatans Figure 4 21 Configuring VLAN Settings When this parameter is changed it causes the management application to immediately disconnect In order to avoid problems verify the change by setting the VLAN on only one ODU Only after proper VLAN network operation is verified the other VLAN setting can be changed Warning To troubleshoot VLAN problems If the VLAN ID is forgotten or no VLAN network is connected to the ODU e Reset the device In the first two minutes neither the VLAN nor any VLAN connections are available You may use this period to reconfigure the VLAN ID and priority Configuring SNMP Communities The ODU communicates with the management application using SNMPv1 protocol The protocol defines three types of communities e Read Only for retrieving information from the ODU e Read Write to configure and control the ODU e Trap used by the ODU to issue traps 4 22 Configuring for Management Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Note The community string must be entered at login The user must know the password and the correct community string in order to gain access to the system A user may have read only
117. adwlIMilOduAirHssEWIndicator 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 14 0 radwlIMilOduAirHssNumSatellites 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 15 0 radwllMilOduAirHssAltitude 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 16 0 radwllMilOduAirHssRfpPhase 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 17 0 radwlIMilOduAirLockRemote 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 41 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString Integer Integer MIB Parameters SSOD0V R O RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RW RW Appendix E MIB Reference Description Represents the compatibility of TDM service under Channel BW of 5MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service under Channel BW of 10MHz inthe specific Radio Frame Pattern Represents the compatibility of TDM service under Channel BW of 10MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service under Channel BW of 20MHz inthe specific Radio Frame Pattern Represents the compatibility of TDM service under Channel BW of 20MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service under Channel BW of 40MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern Represents the compatibility of TDM
118. affect the Location site only Services Will be stopped and device will be reset Note You should ensure that the attached antenna supports the required band Do vou wish bo continue Figure F 12 Change Band Confirmation 14 Click Yes to confirm The band change starts The left hand panel of the main window displays the new band F 8 Changing the Factory Default Band Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band Fie Configuration Tools Maintenance Help x a Link Configuration nk Installation Site Location Site2 Configuratior Get Diagnostics amp Link Link Location Site1 Site2 Radio Interface ervices None Frequency GHz 5 280 RSS dBm Channel Bw MHz 20 ate Mbps Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps Ethernet Throughput Mbps IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Transmitting on Channel 5 280 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 16 03 2009 11 25 22 Location Site will be reset Internal 000002 16 03 2009 11 25 28 Device unreachable Internal oo0003 16 03 2009 11 26 05 Connected to Location Internal amp connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 Figure F 13 Main Window after Band Change Note
119. ag Therefore if a port is configured for management traffic separation by VLAN and as orovider port then the received management frames must be double tagged as follows e The outer tag has to be the provider s tag so the frame is not filtered e The internal tag has to be management VLAN ID To avoid mix ups best practice is to e Separate the management and data ports e Define only a data port with provider function All IDU models have two LAN ports so you can easily separate management and Ethernet Service VLAN configuration is carried out per site It is up to you to ensure consistency between the link sites The discussion below is based on Site A but it also applies to Site B Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Operation 4 33 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Note Throughout this section all VLAN IDs must be between 1 and 4094 inclusive All VLAN priorities must be between 0 and 6 inclusive The values entered are range checked If for example you enter a VLAN ID of 4095 then 4094 will be reflected back To configure VLAN tagging for Ethernet service 1 From the Ethernet dialog box Site Configuration gt Advanced gt Ethernet click VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration dialog box is displayed bt VLAN Configuration Ly Frovedier paranoias are conemon to af pors Pounda Qu anton Figure 4 30 VLAN Configuration Dialog Box 2 Select ingress mod
120. agnetic energy that propagates from the transmitting antenna to the receiving antenna It is always widest in the middle of the path between the two antennas First Fresnel to fone Curve D E Obstruction Expected Range Figure C 13 Fresnel Zone Fresnel loss is the path loss occurring from multi path reflections from reflective surfaces such as water and intervening obstacles such as buildings or mountain peaks within the Fresnel zone Radio links should be designed to accommodate obstructions and atmospheric conditions weather conditions large bodies of water and other reflectors and absorbers of electromagnetic energy The Fresnel zone provides us with a way to calculate the amount of clearance that a wireless wave needs from an obstacle to ensure that the obstacle does not attenuate the signal About the Fresnel Zone Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix C Link Budget Calculator There are infinitely many Fresnel zones located coaxially around the center of the direct wave The outer boundary of the first Fresnel zone is defined as the combined path length of all paths which are half wavelength 1 2 D of the frequency transmitted longer than the direct path If the total path distance is one wavelength 1 D longer than the direct path then the outer boundary is said to be two Fresnel zones Odd number Fresnel zones reinforce the direct wave path signal even number Fresnel zo
121. ain dEi Tx Power per radio der Tx Power system dem EIRP dr Dual 4ntenna Mode Antenna Configuration MIMO Diversity I ah Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 4 5 Tx Power and Antenna Parameters Configuring Hub Site Synchronization The Synchronization Status dialog box displays the current status of each side of the HSS link See Appendix G for instructions about installing and configuring collocated links If you do not require HSS click Next Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 5 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Link Configuration Wizard Hub Site Synchronization Settings Settings For reducing mutual interference between multiple units at the Hub Site Synchronization Status Status B Operation Independent Unit Independent Unit Synchronization MJA MIA External Pulses Mot Detected Mot Detected Configure Operational States _ Enabled These settings will apply to both sites Expected Operational Stakes Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 6 HSS Status Parameters Configuring Ethernet Ring 4 6 An Ethernet ring consists of several nodes connected by hops links Loops are not allowed with Ethernet therefore one hop is a Ring Protection Link RPL which blocks Ethernet traffic In the event of failure in the ring the Ring Protection Link unblocks and Ethernet traffic in the ring is re
122. al Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Site Survey Intrepid Series Radio wireless links must be planned before installation The designated installation site must be appraised to determine that the wireless system is able to operate efficiently and provide connectivity without signal degradation Intrepid Series Radio offers a wide operating frequency range A free frequency channel must be determined within the operating range for optimum performance Recommended equipment e Stage 1 preliminary survey Topological map of the area Urban map of the area Compass e Stage 2 physical survey 100 meter tape measure Ohmmeter to check ground connection Binoculars Map Digital camera Paper pencil and a clipboard GPS device optional Compass optional e Stage 3 RF survey Spectrum analyzer with Max Hold function and screen capture facility that can store multiple images for documentation purposes RF accessories connectors and cables Communication devices for example cellular phones or a set of walkie talkies Stage 1 Preliminary Survey A preliminary survey is necessary before visiting potential installation sites As much detail as possible should be obtained about the two designated ODU installation sites and the area between them To perform a preliminary survey 1 Mark the two designated installation sites on a topographic map of the area 2 Measure the distance between the sites che
123. alk inadvertently in front of the antenna Do not activate indoors an ODU with an integrated or external antenna To test an active radio link inside the building use an attenuated RF cable at least 40 dB for the ODU connection Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Safety Practices 2 1 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Grounding 2 2 Frequency Band GHz 5 8 5 8 5 3 5 4 4 9 4 9 2 4 2 4 Table 2 1 Safety Distances for Intrepid Series Radio FCC and IC Products Antenna l Min Safety Distance FCC ID IC ID Gain el dBi Q3KRW2058 5100A RW2054 28 223 O3KRW2058 5100A RW2054 24 141 Q3KRW2054 5100A RW2054 23 5128 20 O3KRW2049 5100A RW2054 28 225 O3KRW2049 5100A RW2054 21 113 Q3KRW2024 5100A RW2054 19 39 Q3KRW2024l 5100A RW2024l TA3 40 Table 2 2 Safety Distances for Intrepid Series Radio ETSI Products Frequency Band Antenna Gain Min Safety Distance GHZ dBi cm 5 8 24 28 16 5 4 23 5 28 9 5 3 23 5 28 4 2 4 19 17 5 3 All GE MDSproducts should be grounded during operation In addition The ODU should be earthed by a wire with diameter of at least 12 AWG The Intrepid Series Radio ODU must be properly grounded to protect against lightning It is the user s responsibility to install the equipment in accordance with Section 810 of the National Electric Code ANSI NFPA No 70 1984 or Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code These codes describe correct installation p
124. all ODU Mounting Kit Contents The ODU mounting kit includes the following items One large clamp Figure B 1 One small clamp Figure B 2 One arm see Figure B 3 Four screw hex head M8x40 Two screw hex head M8x70 Four washer flat M8 Three washer spring M8 Two M8 nuts Figure B 1 Large Clamp Figure B 2 Small Clamp Figure B 3 Arm GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Mounting the ODU or O PoE B 1 Appendix B Mast and Wall Installation Installation and Operation Manual Mounting Intrepid Series Radio on a Mast Installation Kit d DESCRIPTION Q Ciamp Screw hex head M8x40 Washer flat M8 Washer spring M8 Nut M8 Clamp Screw hex head MSx40 for t 3 4 dia mast Screw hex head M8x70 for greater size of mast iT oqeae un mi ea CETE T lt STEP 1 Attach item 1 to the base mate knurled surfaces using Items 2 3 4 5 as shown Use tightening torque of 24 N m xe FOR MAST 3 4 3 lighten the antenna to the mast using item 6 screws and washers items 7 3 4 as shown Use tightening torque of 14 N m FOR MAST 1 1 374 a x2 x2 xe xe amp Go oO S OW B 2 Mounting the ODU or O PoE GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix B Mast and Wall Installation Mounting Intrepid Series Radio on a Wall Installation Kit M DESCRIPTION OTY opu Arm Screw hex head M8x40 Washer flat M8 Washer spring M8 Nut M8 Base wall
125. ameter which is its description 1 Description LAN port 1 status changed to disconnected Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name lanPort2DisconnectedAlarm mngPortDisconnectedAlarm externalAlarmInPort3Alarm externalAlarmInPort4Alarm swVersionsMismatchFullCompatibilityAlarm swVersionsMismatchRestrictedCompatibilityAlarm swVersionsMismatchSoftwareUpgradeRequired swVersionsincompatible hssMultipleSourcesDetectedAlarm hssSyncToProperSourceStoppedAlarm Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 Severity major major major major warning minor major critical major major Appendix E MIB Reference Description Indicates the LAN port 2 status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description LAN port 2 status changed to disconnected Indicates the management port status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Management port status changed to disconnected The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 3 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 3 lt User Text gt Alarm The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 4 Contains a single parameter which is its descript
126. an be seen in the Link Budget Calculator e For GE MDS Intrepid 100M series If the HSS Master works in asymmetric Tx Rx ratio then all other collocated GE MDS Intrepid units must operate in the same Tx Rx ratio In this case the ratio will be fixed and not automatic adaptive e Installation Configuration considerations If you are using GE MDS Intrepid 100M master and GE MDS Intrepid clients the Services and Rates dialog will look like this Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate From the lists below service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet G05 Services Ethernet Rate Mbps adaptive ka Distance D km 0 Miles Transmission Ratio A B 0 amp 1 gt 100 50 022 50 02 Monitor Link Fadio Interface RSS dem Figure H 10 Services and Rates GE MDS Intrepid Ultra Master GE MDS Intrepid Clients Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Radio Frame Pattern Table H 9 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual e The circled areas should not be used Using those areas you may lose the collocated link with the longest distance between sites If you do move the slider into a circled area you will receive a popup warning Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate From the lists below E Service TOM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet Qos Services Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive we Distance D km
127. are already tagged at ingress are not modified User Network traffic eoreeret aeeeee User Network traffir Egress Direction Transparent The port does nothing with regard to VLANs outbound frames are left untouched Untag all All frames are untagged Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Operation 4 31 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 4 32 q Un tagged traffic inside E Foura f the User Network r Networ eh Tagged traffic multiple VLANs Un tagged traffic inside the User Network Untag selected VIDs Untags only frames tagged with one of the user defined VIDs You can define up to eight VIDs per port Other frames are not modified Un tagged traffic inside the User Network Tagged traffic multiple VLANs Un tagged traffic inside the User Network Filtered VLAN IDs at egress This setting allows for mutual filtering of multiple ingress tags not relevant at the egress end Un tagged traffic inside the User Networkdropping filtered packets typically for B Tagged traffic multiple VLANs Un tagged traffic inside the User Networkdroppingfiltered packets typically for A Provider tagging With provider tagging the system double tags egress frames towards the provider s network All frames are tagged QinQ with a VLAN ID which is configured by the service provider provider VLAN ID Double Tagged traffic User traffi
128. arning If you are using ODU with an integrated antenna skip to Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices below The supplied mounting kit is used to mount the antenna onto a pole The antennas must be aligned for maximum throughput Do not stand in front of a live antenna To mount an external antenna 1 To mount an external antenna ensures that the antenna is properly grounded and then mounts the antenna onto the pole Refer to Appendix B for detailed antenna mounting instructions 2 Follow the mounting instructions supplied with the antenna Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices The use of lightning protection is dependent on regulatory and end user requirements The Intrepid Series Radio ODU is designed with surge limiting circuits to minimize the risk of damage due to lightning strikes GE MDS recommends the use of additional surge arrestor devices to protect the equipment from nearby lightning strikes Refer to Appendix D for detailed installation instructions of lightning protection devices Outdoor Connections Connect the outdoor devices once they are installed To complete the outdoor connections 1 Connect the ground cable to the ODU chassis as marked on the ODU 2 Connect the antenna cable s to the ODU 3 Connect the lightning protection device to the ODU see Appendix D 4 Attach the ODU IDU cable to the ODU RJ 45 connector see Appendix A for the connector pinout on Screw in the cabl
129. as a power LED To prepare a link using PoE devices 1 To connect the ODU to the PoE device route the cable from the ODU to the PoE device secure the cable along its path and connect the cable to the P LAN OUT RJ 45 connector on the PoE device 2 Connect it to AC power 3 Repeat steps 1 to 2 for the second link Connecting to Ethernet Equipment To connect Ethernet user equipment to the IDU e Connect user switch router or any other compatible device to the IDU panel RJ 45 or SFP ports designated LAN Refer to Appendix A for RJ 45 connector pinout Note Do not connect two LAN ports to the same network or flooding may occur To connect user equipment to the PoE device e Connect a user switch router or any other compatible device to the PoE device RJ 45 port designated LAN IN Refer to Appendix A for connector pinout Connecting to E1 T1 Equipment E1 T1 devices are connected to Intrepid Series Radio via balanced RJ 45 ports designated TRUNK There may be multiple trunk ports available depending on unit ordered Refer to Appendix A for the E1 T1 connector pinout To connect E1 T1 equipment to the IDU e Connect Intrepid Series Radio to the E1 T1 devices using standard straight E1 T1 cables 2 12 Indoor Installation GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Warning Note 2 9 Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas You perform ant
130. ation Link Installation Site Location Site2 Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Help F1 IP Address 192 168 222 20 Subnet Mask 255 255 252 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 GSU Monitor Time 12 41 00 Latitude 51 45 0 00 N Longitude 0 0 0 00 E Number of Satellites Used g Transmission Phase Normal Tx Ratio mee E Generating Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 13 07 2010 17 39 28 Connected to Location Internal amp connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 222 20 GSU TBD Encrypted Link Figure J 6 GSU Main Configuration Window The top five items in the GSU Monitor panel are taken from a satellite The transmission Phase may be Normal as shown or Shifted It purpose together with the Tx Ratio bar will be explained below Under normal operating conditions the status box will be green as shown indicating that it is synchronized with a satellite Dere clr Sete i iza ori Pelaa If satellite synchronization is lost then the GSU will function as an independent HSM and the status box will change color Gere lrig Ewah a iza aori Lla 2 Display the Site Configuration System dialog box and fill out the necessary fields J 6 Configuring the GSU Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix J GPS Synchronization Site Lonteuraton ocalion Figure J 7 Site Configuration System 3 Display the
131. ation and Operation Manual Table 5 6 Troubleshooting Remedy Verify that AC power is connected to the IDU Verify that the ODU cable is properly wired and connected Complete the installation procedure from the management software Verify the antenna alignment Check that the radio configuration of both sites is the same channel and SSID Verify the antenna alignment reconfigure the link Verify the beeper sounds the Best Signal sequence The GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio LEDs show faults in the system or the link Table 5 7 Troubleshooting with GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio LEDs Status Remedy Off Check that power is connected to the IDU Check that the IDU ODU cable is properly wired and connected Check that the IDU ODU cable is properly wired and connected Orange Complete the installation procedure from the Airmux Manager Check the antenna alignment Check that the radio configuration of both site A and site B units are the same Channel and Link ID Orange Alarm detected at the Site B interface or local remote loopback is active Alarm detected at the Site A interface Off Ethernet only IDU or E1 T1 service are not configured HSS is not operational due to improper signal detection This ODU is not transmitting Orange HSS is operational One of the following conditions apply e This ODU is a master that is generating signals and detecting signals e This ODU is a master that is generating signals but detecte
132. ations as radio limitations and regulatory restrictions Before proceeding to antenna installation details the following background information should be considered Each Intrepid Series Radio ODU is made of two radio transceivers radios The radios make use of algorithms that utilize both polarization and space diversity resulting in enhanced capacity range and link availability The number of antennas i e radios used is determined by user configuration and by automatic system decisions explained below Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 33 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Link Installation Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill the Tx Power and Antenna fields of local and remote sites B Antenna Type Undefined Undefined Antenna Gain dBi Tx Power per radio dBm Tx Power system dBm EIRP dBm Antenna Configuration Br A T Oy AP Pe Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm _ 7 No Sery Ethernet Ethemet TDM No Sery Ethernet Ethemet TDM Quality Figure 2 33 Transmission Power and Antenna Parameters Dual Antennas at Both Sites When using dual single polarized antennas at both sites single bipolar antenna or two monopolar antennas you can choose between MIMO Mode and Diversity mode MIMO Mode With MIMO the system doubles the link capacity At the same time it keeps the same rate and
133. bandwidth used by the complete system e RFP type E should be used if and only if GE MDS Intrepid links are part of the HSS installation e The RFP must be the same for each link within the collocated system Select the RFP that gives you the Best Fit for the system services and select the Channel Bandwidth accordingly The table below describes the efficiency of the Older Radio air interface according to the RFP type radio products mix services and channel bandwidth The table may be viewed in the Link Manager and in the Link Budget Calculator and varies according to the product used Radio Frame Pattern Table Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization RFP Considerations When setting the RPF the following considerations should be borne in mind e When synchronizing GE MDS Intrepid units you must use RFP B or E e Ifyou mix GE MDS Intrepid in a collocated site you must use RFP B or E e Selection of the RFP influences the capacity latency and TDM quality e RFP influences capacity and latency Jitter buffer configuration can be used to set the TDM quality e Using the Link Budget Calculator you can see the effect of the RFP on the Ethernet throughput GE MDS Intrepid Considerations e RFP Band channel bandwidths 14 MHz 7 MHz and 5 MHz will only be available for release 1 9 30 and later e The performance of GE MDS Intrepid radios that operate with RFPs B or E c
134. bles multiple bridged networks to transparently share the same physical network link without leakage of information between networks IEEE 802 1Q is used as the encapsulation protocol to implement this mechanism over Ethernet networks Note If you are using a PoE device this feature is unavailable You may skip this section i Network A traffic is C gt Untagged traffic tagged with VLAN A Untagged traffic Network B traffic is T 2 IDU tagged with VLAN B zai Eas oe Bes seer Untagged traffic Untagged traffic Figure 4 28 Two Network Using the Same Link with VLAN Tagging Note Link Manager uses the terms VLAN ID and VID interchangeably to denote a VLAN identification number QinQ Double Tagging for Service Providers QinQ is useful for service providers allowing them to use VLANs internally in their transport network while mixing Ethernet traffic from clients that are already VLAN tagged User Network A a _ E gima _ aks 22223033 7 User traffic Double Tagge multiple VLANs traffic with single Provider s VLAN ID Figure 4 29 Separating Client Data Streams Using Double Tagging The outer tag representing the provider VLAN comes first followed by the inner tag In QinQ the EtherType 0x9100 VLAN tags may be stacked three or more deep When using this type of provider tagging you should keep the following in mind e Under Provider Tagging the system double tags egress
135. c multiple VLANs Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Note With this setting ingress frames which are not tagged with the configured provider VLAN ID are blocked filtered Traffic with Provider VLAN ts Traffic with Provider s VLAN Providers Transport Network serpes ERTES Traffic without Provider VLAN Each port can be configured independently to a tagging mode However only a single provider VLAN ID can be defined per IDU Provider tagging without filtering This setting functions like provider tagging However all ingress frames are passed through raffic with Provider VLAN ts Traffic with and without Provider s VLAN Provider s Transport Network soereeet ole eeeehee Traffic without Provider VLAN VLAN Configuration VLAN IDs are used by RAD products in three separate contexts management VLAN traffic VLAN and Ethernet ring It is recommended that you use different VLAN IDs for each purpose Management Traffic and Ethernet Service Separation You can define a VLAN ID for management traffic separation You should configure the system to prevent conflicts as detailed below When configured for the default operational mode a provider port will handle ingress traffic as follows e Filters frames that are not tagged with the provider VLAN ID e Removes the provider double t
136. ce Description bands Switch sub band operation with a given sub band ID The get operation retrieves the current sub band ID Max Ethernet throughput of the site in Kpbs Capacity direction of the site Spectrum Analysis operation state The configurable values are Spectrum Analysis Stop Start and Restart Not Supported value indicates that the feature is not supported on the device Not Supported is not a configurable state Received Signal Strength in dBm of Antenna A Received Signal Strength in dBm of Antenna B Represents the number of Spectrum Channels ODU Spectrum Analysis Channel Table ODU Spectrum Analysis Channel Table entry INDEX radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannellndex ODU Spectrum Channel index ODU Spectrum Channel frequency in MHz read only Channel last scan timestamp in hundredths of a second since device up time If the channel was not scanned than the return value will be 0 Normalized Noise Floor value in dBm of Antenna A including 2 neighbor frequencies Normalized Noise Floor value in dBm of Antenna B including 2 neighbor frequencies Average normalized Noise Floor value in dBm of Antenna A over all dwells Average normalized Noise Floor value in dBm of Antenna B over all dwells Max normalized Noise Floor value in dBm of Antenna A over all dwells Max normalized Noise Floor value in dBm of E 15 Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID
137. ck is initiated by the managing computer connected to the local unit Tew DU GOU wU mu Equipenertt aO a Figure 5 11 Remote External Loopback Local Internal Loopback The local unit can be set to close an internal loopback to test connection between the local and remote units and between the remote E1 T1 port and its connection to the remote user equipment In this mode data coming from the remote user equipment is looped back to it locally This loopback is initiated by the managing computer connected to the local unit Running Diagnostic Loopback on TDM Interfaces Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Ten DUC Gou OOU DU C Equipenert Figure 5 12 Local Internal Loopback To run a diagnostic loopback 1 From the Maintenance menu choose Loopbacks or Right click the TDM display in the main window The Loopback dialog box is displayed Loopback Help Loopback Configuration Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Figure 5 13 Loopback Dialog Box 2 Select TDM ports that you intend to test Selected ports are indicated by blue frames around them The Configure option from the Loopback Configuration becomes available 3 Select Configure and choose a type of loopback to run Reverse internal Line external Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Running Diagnostic Loopback on TDM
138. ck that it is within the specified range of Intrepid Series Radio 3 Onthe urban map check for developed areas situated between the two installation sites Pay attention to these areas when performing the physical site survey there may be tall buildings RF towers or transmitters which could cause interference to the link 4 Check the area between the two sites for obstructions such as High ground hills or mountains Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Surveying the Site 2 7 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Note Note 2 8 Lakes or large bodies of water Water has a reflection effect on RF signals like a building This type of reflection causes the received amplitude to be reduced As a rule of thumb the presence of a large body of water between the link sites may double the required antenna height Determine and record the compass bearings between both ODUs relative to north if there are obstructions between the two sites calculate the Fresnel Zone see Appendix C for details If the site chosen does not meet requirements consider alternative sites Use the Link Budget Calculator on the CD supplied with Intrepid Series Radio or using the Link Manager to determine the expected performance Stage 2 Physical Survey The physical site survey reviews the environment of the proposed Intrepid Series Radio installation location to ensure that the link sites are suitable for t
139. closed Raised by the master only Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM Service has been closed The reason Is s s Is the reason Indicates that the ODUs are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Incompatible ODUs Indicates that the IDUs are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Incompatible IDUs Indicates that the ODU and IDU are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description The IDU could not be loaded The reason is s s Is the incompatibility type Indicates that the ODU is monitoring radar activity Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Monitoring for radar activity on channel n GHz n is the channel frequency in GHz Indicates that radar activity was detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Radar activity was detected in s on channel n GHz s Is the site name n Is the channel frequency in GHz Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name transmittingOnChannel scanningChannels incompatiblePartner timeClockSet configurationChanged hssOpStateChangedToINU hssOpStateChangedToHSM hssOpStateChangedToHSC vlanModeActive spectrumAnalysis Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
140. d i B Maneganmseri SSS eee ious _Restive Dates _ T gecunty Date Time O Advanced Ethernet DU Detection Moda 7 Enabled ucenie Ley st Extemal lsmi i Figure F 9 Using the Operations Window to Enter a License Key 10 Click Cancel to return to the Airmux Manager main win 11 Select Tools gt Change Band The Change Band dialog box is displayed et Change Band Select a band from the list below Band Description 5 5 5 640 GHz FCC default F 635 5 665 GHz WRC 6150 5 335 GHz Universal 5 270 5 330 GHz FCC F 490 5 705 GHz FCC F 490 5 705 GHz IC 5 500 5 700 GHz Universal B 40 5 835 GHz Mil 5 40 5 940 GHz Universal Figure F 10 Change Band Dialog Box Note The bands appearing in Figure F 10 are product dependent 12 Select the required band Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Changing the Factory Default Band F 7 Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band Installation and Operation Manual ct Change Band Select a band from the list below Band Description Installation Frequency GHz 6 a35 5 840 GHz FCC default 5 520 F 635 5 865 GHz WPC 6 150 5 335 GHz Universal 5 270 5 330 GHz FCC 5 490 5 705 GHz FCC 5 450 5 705 GHz IC 5 500 5 700 GHz Universal B 740 5 835 GHz Mil 5 40 5 940 GHz Universal Figure F 11 Selecting a Different Band 13 Click OK The Change Band warning is displayed Change Band Changing the band will
141. d 5 730 5 845 GHz FCCAIC Integrated 4 Product series AirMux 400 100M 4 Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz w Auto w Tx Power 18 dBm 8 18 Antenna Type Dual 3 dB Antenna Gain SiteA 23 SiteB 23 dBi Radio Cable Loss SiteAlo SiteBlo dB EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Fade Margin e dB Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin ei s aer lin 39 Mb s 2 GPSK 0 75 52 Mb s 2 16 GAM 0 5 78 Mb s 2 s 16 QAM 0 75 104 Mb s 2 s 64 Q4M 0 66 Range Max 117 Mb s 2 64 Q4M 0 75 130 Mb s 2 x 64 04M 0 83 Ethernet Only Required Climate Type Services Ethernet Throughput 88 5 Mb s 48 5 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure C 7 Selecting the Rate Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg and Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD 50 Agg The Rate shown defines the air interface rate in Mbps The system operates in TDD mode and has the overhead of the air interface protocol Thus the actual Ethernet throughput is provided by the Ethernet Rate Note For a given air rate Ethernet throughput decreases with increasing range due to propagation delay The Fade margin is the minimum required for LOS conditions For degraded link conditions a larger Fade margin should be used The EIRP is given in dBm and Watts Note If you choose Adaptive Rate then the Rate list is unavailable as is the Climate factor list
142. d Antenna Fields of local and remote sites A Antenna Type Antenna Gain dBi eo Ts Power per radia dBrn a Tx Power syster dBrr a 36 36 EIRP dErn Dual Antenna Mode Antenna Configuration MIMO O Diversity BY a Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem OO alii m a a Figure 2 38 Antennas Configured for Two Dual and Tx Power 5 dBm 4 Choose Dual Antenna mode if appropriate The green Antenna Configuration diagram oF indicates the active state For dual antennas in Diversity mode it looks like this Dual Antenna Mode Antenna Configuration ya OMMO Diversity E ve There are intermediate modes available for dual antennas opposite a single antenna as explained above If you make a change you will see a warning similar to this Link Configuration Wizard You are about to change Dual Antenna mode Changing to Diversity causes the link to transmit the same information on both antennas This will cause the system to enter into Installation mode Air quality might be affected Do you want to continue A similarly worded warning applies to a switch from MIMO to Diversity mode When you are finished with Tx Power configuration click Next Configuring Hub Site Synchronization Figure 2 39 displays the current status of each side of the link See Appendix G for instructions about installing and configuring collocated links If you do not require HSS C lick Next Working wi
143. d Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Management 4 23 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual a Change Community A Enter current Read Write Community Be Read write Community Read Only Community Trap Community Hide characters Forgot Community Figure 4 22 Changing the Community String Restoring Community String If the read write community string is unknown an alternative community key can be used The alternative community key is unique per ODU and can be used only in order to change the community strings The alternative community key is supplied with the product and it is recommended to keep it safe If both the read write community and the alternative community key are unavailable then an alternative community key can be obtained from customer support using the ODU MAC address The MAC adaress is displayed in the manager inventory tab When you have the alternative community key click the Forgot Community button and enter the Alternative Community Figure 4 23 Then reconfigure the read write community string 4 24 Configuring for Management Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Alternative Community A Alternative Community The Alternative Read Write Community is supplied with the product It may also be obtained via Customer Support Please have the unit s Serial Number andfor MAC Address ready when requesting an Alterna
144. d VIDs for Sfp port VLAN filtered VIDs for LAN1 port VLAN filtered VIDs for LAN2 port VLAN filtered VIDs for Sfp port Required trunks bitmap Note that the number of possible trunks that can be configured may vary based on the IDU hardware configuration the selected air interface rate and the range of the installation The provided Manager application enables the user to select only available configurations A change is effective immediately if applied to a master unit and the link is in service mode This parameter is reserved to the Manager application provided with the product Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name radwillMillduSrvActiveTrunks radwillMillduSrvAvailableTrunks radwilMillduSrvPossibleServicesTable radwillMillduSrvPossibleServicesEntry radwilMillduSrvPossibleServicesIndex radwilMillduSrvPossibleTdmServices radwilMillduSrvPossibleEthServices radwillMillduSrvRemainingRate radwillMillduSrvTrunkCost radwillMillduSrvAvailServicesTable radwillMillduSrvAvailServicesEntry radwilMillduSrvAvailServicesIndex radwilMillduSrvAvailServicesState OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 6 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 8 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 2 radwil
145. d and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Package Contents 2 3 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Figure 2 1 Connectorized ODU Front and Rear Views Figure 2 2 Integrated ODU Front and Rear Views e IDU package containing IDUE 19 inch rack mounting kit Two DC power plugs for power cables Or e External antenna if ordered Antenna RF cable 1m 3 ft long two cables supplied with bipolar antennas single cable supplied with monopolar antennas Mounting kit 2 4 Package Contents GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup 2 4 Additional Equipment Required The following is a list of the equipment and materials required to install Intrepid Series Radio hardware e Tools and materials Crimping tool for RJ 45 if the ODU IDU cable is without connectors Spanner wrench 13 mm 0 5 in Drill for wall mounting only Cable ties Sealing material e Cables and connectors ODU grounding cable 12 AWG DU grounding cable 18 AWG ODU IDU cable outdoor class CAT 5e 4 twisted pairs 24 AWG Ethernet cross cable PoE based links 2 5 Installation Sequence Install the Intrepid Series Radio system according to the following the steps Survey the site Mount the ODUs see Appendix B Mount the external antennas if used see Appendix B Mount the lightning protection devices if used see Appendi
146. d from the Link manager menu using Help gt Get Diagnostic Information To launch the Spectrum View utility e From the Link manager main window select Tools gt Spectrum View The main Spectrum View window is displayed Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 19 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Jy Spectrum View File View Actions Help OD a GQ F Start Analysis Stop Analysis Bestari Analysis Show Site Show Antenna Close Antenna A Wo Dats Avaliable 5 a 5 0 5 mt zas ae k PoE Power dBm Frequency MHz Frequency MHz Mo Dats Avaliable Mo Dat Avaliable Power dem Power dBm Frequency MHz Frequency MHz MMM Selected ACS E Scanned E Barred C Not Scanned Current Channel Figure 2 16 Spectrum View Utility before Spectrum Analysis To analyze spectrum 1 Click Start Analysis A warning message is displayed Spectrum View A The link will be dropped until completion of Spectrum Analysis Do you want to continue ve 2 20 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup 2 Click Yes to continue The managing site analysis results are displayed in a few seconds W 5 a5 35 v T3 n i 35 Ea a 108 ALO ETE ReeREEa RRESSEEEGEEEEERRRRRRGGSS geekeisbe
147. d improper sig nals e This ODU is a client Continue Tx but is not detecting signals e This ODU is a client Disable Tx and is detecting signals from multiple sources All orange cases transmit MHS mode Primary Link state not active Orange MHS mode Secondary Link state is active 5 6 Replacing an ODU Prior to any action verify that both ODUs have the same software version Configuration gt Configure site gt Inventory If one ODU has an old software version perform a software Replacing an ODU Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics upgrade It is important to configure the new ODU exactly the same as the old ODU to avoid configuration mismatches which will disrupt the link An ODU may be replaced with a new ODU in one several ways e Use the backup If a backup of the configuration is available restore that configuration using Configuration gt Configure site gt Restore e Manual Configuration The new ODU can be configured manually according to the link configuration remember to use the same settings for SSID channels link password IP addresses and names e Restore Factory Setup From version 1 6xx the feature of Restore Factory Setup Is available Using this feature we recommend putting the remaining ODU back to factory setup Configuration gt Configure site gt Advance option and then activate the second ODU reconfiguring the link from
148. d look like this H 12 Switching Logic Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Prenary law Active oe e p Nn eae a ae Lemmy 0 on Pk ars Sr silis o AT y aN ko iF H AIEA Gry fei ie a Te 23 a 7 gt lt ae EFTTA i meal ae veaje i i Bi p t 7 A T Wa Iu or a A EN Lr bE ea ee MEIANS NAE ee eee ee we Ss were PIEN Le EAL A T ENTAL E Figure H 12 Primary Link Operating after the Switchover from Secondary Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Switching Logic H 13 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Installation and Operation Manual Urk 3D Setup_2 Seres 2xl1 Ethernet Frequency Giz 5 490 Channel gw MHz 20 Rete Mbps Adantive Status Link Actos IP Address 0 105 2 2 Subnet Mack 255 755 256 0 Trap Oeshnotiers 10105221 IP Adiews 10 105 2 4 Subret Mack 255 255 255 0 Trap Oeshnatiore 10 105 211 Location Everita Loo Number Date amp Time Message 000001 J200 10 21 36 AM Comectaj to 2 2 020002 JIVA 1 27 H AM Compatiiie DLs detected 020003 3 30 2003 10 27 46 AM 2 out of 2requested TOM Trurks hare Deen opensa 000004 3 30 2003 10 2746 AM TDM Service Alam The reason amp Ure state dam 020005 3 30 2009 10 3177 AM Compsbes Ds detected 000005 3302003 10 3303 446 Compatiie DLs detected IP Address 10105 22 Aa Mu 00 Figure H 13 Secondary Link operating after the switch back to Primary System Operat
149. ddresses of the ODUs see Defining the Management Addresses section below Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 17 Chapter 4 Configuration 4 18 AirMux Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help amp Link Configuration SN x Link TPSF_BTT Link ID EBG_20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive x F Status Link Active IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 amp connection Available Events Log Get Diagnostics Location Radio Interface RSS dBm Tx Ratio Ethernet Service Estimated Throughput Mbps 9 Ta Clear Counters Log Off Installation and Operation Manual Q Help F1 54 TDM Service TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks E1 Ports Frequency 3 820 GHz Number Connection Mode Network 4 2 Configuring the Sites Date amp Time IP Address 192 168 1 101 Message Trap Source IP Address Encrypted Link Figure 4 18 Main Window after Link Configuration You can edit the configuration parameters for each site individually without running a wizard From the Configuration dialog box see Figure 4 19 the following functions are available by selecting the items on the
150. de tenn Samer Fiar eee PMSF Time Sary HANIMA Oe ets akebtBtakeseaes see eae 2 anata es f Edice ALe WOD Econel Wo C A T m a T a Figure 2 17 Spectrum Analysis Results for Managing Site Site A The over the air site spectrum analysis results are displayed several seconds later gitksxabaees geeeexatanes Fe equsay MA Mime Sang HWN GSR IN peek ecakhakes eS eee shakes A oo BSSZESTEEER RES RE RR SETE EEA REESESEREESRERRR RRR RISES i lt a a ee te at a 4 K i At Figure 2 18 Spectrum Analysis Results for Over the Air Site Site B Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 21 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual The analysis complete when the Start Analysis button reverts to green It never runs for longer than ten minutes and you may stop it any time by clicking the red Stop Analysis button The results for the over the air site are displayed after the link is re established regardless whether the analysis completes by itself or is stopped Display Information Figure 2 19 explains the Spectrum View window elements Seeeecsazaeera Trt ere ew ewe ee Fi Thane TESSE EXktasezaee Figure 2 19 Spectrum View Window Elements The Spectrum View provides clear information including e Spectral measurement for each of the 4 receivers that make an Intrepid Series Radio link two sites
151. ded to have an IDU at each node to have the flexibility to change the RPL A ring node is built from two ODUs from adjacent links The ODUs can be connected to either an IDU or to a PoE device as in Figure 4 8 Port names in the IDU are shown Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration FLAN IDU PoE Device Ethernet Switch Figure 4 8 Node with IDU and PoE Device Note Connect the switch at the site only to one IDU The switching function is carried out by the IDUs which provide Layer 2 support Special Case 1 1 Ethernet Redundancy The same device may be used to provide economic 1 1 redundancy for a single link A 1 1 Ethernet is a ring with two nodes One of the links is RPL The equipment in a 1 1 Ethernet installation is as follows Ethernet Switch Ethamet Switch Figure 4 9 1 1 Ethernet Protection Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 11 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual ate peecesseceesssesep e Geovovevsessocssstttes ETH Poe RPL Figure 4 10 Using IDU C or IDU E with PoEs for the RPL Notice that link content drops from four PoEs plus two switches to two PoEs and two IDUS Configuring the Ring Creating a ring requires two stages 1 Setup each participating link separately in the usual way 2 For each link run the Configuration wizard to define it as RPL or a Rin
152. derive clock from different sources and distribute it between local site and remote sites TDM clock type is selected via the TDM Parameters dialog box Link Installation Wizard TDM Parameters Configure the TOM Parameters below Ts Clock 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 EIC py a EJ S Select Maximum ran hag beg how Deselect All F 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 Master Clock i independen Click Per For Suppored Monitor Link x Fadia Interface RSS dem Figure 2 52 TDM Parameters Dialog Box Toselect a TDM clock type 1 From the TDM Parameters dialog box Click Select Maximum to choose all TDM port available for current air interface capacity or Click Select All to select all TDM ports or Click individual ports to choose them 2 Click Configure A drop down list with available options is displayed 2 50 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard TOM Parameters Configure the TOM Parameters below Ts Clock 1 J 5 7 J 1i 13 15 E st Select Maximum ransparent Transparent k J Loop Timed Recovered ad n Deselect All 14 16 TEP Recovered Loop Timed Master Internal Recovered 2 Recovered Internal of Supposed Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 2 53 TDM Parameters Dialog Box Clock Configuration in Progress 3 Selecta TDM por
153. dicates the number of currently available External Alarm Inputs This is the External Alarm Inputs table Entry containing the elements of a single External Alarm Input INDEX radwilMilOduAdmExternAlarmInindex This value indicates the index of the External Alarm Input entry This field describes the External Alarm Input It is an optional string of no more than 64 characters which will be used in the event being sent as a result of a change in the status E 23 Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID radwilMilOduAdmExternAlarmInAdmin 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 3 State radwilMilOduAdmExternAlarminStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 4 radwlIMillduAdmSN 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 6 radwllMillduAdmIduDetectionMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 7 radwillMillduAdmMountedTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 8 radwillMillduAdmLicensedTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 9 radwllIMillduAdmVlanSupported 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 10 radwilIMillduAdmVlanEgressMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 11 radwillMillduAdmVlaniIngressMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 12 radwillMillduAdmVlanDefaultPortVIDs 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 13 radwlIMillduAdmVlanLaniUntaggedVI 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 14 Ds radwllMillduAdmVlanLan2UntaggedVI 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 15 Ds radwlIMillduAdmVlanSfpUntaggedVIDs 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 16 radwllMillduAdmVlanLantFilteredVIDs 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 17 radwllMillduAdmVlanLan2FilteredVIDs 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458
154. drop per CBW due to conflict between HSS and ATDD Minimal TX ratio that may be used by the HSM and still enable proper operation of the aforementioned CBW Maximal TX ratio that may be used by the HSM and still enable proper operation of the aforementioned CBW Current radio frame duration in microseconds Air Rate indexes table for current channel bandwidth Air Rate indexes table entry INDEX radwilMilOduAirRatesindex Air Rate index E 11 Appendix E MIB Reference Name radwilMilOduAirRatesAvail radwilMilOduAirDesiredRateldx radwllMilOduAirLinkDistance radwllMilOduAirLinkWorkingMode radwllMilOduAirMajorLinklfVersion radwllMilOduAirMinorLinklfVersion radwllMilOduAirHssDesiredOpState radwllMilOduAirHssCurrentOpState radwllMilOduAirHssSyncStatus radwilMilOduAirHssExtPulseStatus radwillMilOduAirHssExtPulseType OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 27 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 28 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 29 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 30 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 31 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 32 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 5 radwllMilOduAirHssDesiredExtPulseTyp 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 6 e radwllMilOduAirHssRfpTable radwillMilOduAirHssRfpEntry radwllMilOduAirHssRfp index 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 1 radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpEthChan
155. dwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandEntry radwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandlIndex radwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandld radwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandDescri ption 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 48 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 49 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 50 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 51 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 52 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 3 radwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandinstallF 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 4 req radwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandAdmin 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 5 State radwlIMilOduAirComboSubBandinstalla 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 6 tionAllowed radwllIMilOduAirComboFrequencyBandl 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 7 d radwlIMilOduAirCcomboNumberOfSubB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 2 MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer DisplayString DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer SSOD0V RW RW RO RO RO RO RW RO RO RW RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO Installation and Operation Manual Description Current Antenna Gain in 0 1 dBi resolution User defined value for external antenna Legal range MinAntennaGain lt AntennaGain lt MaxAntennaG ain Current Feeder Loss in 0 1 dBm resolution User defined value for external antenn
156. dwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayRSLThresh 1Exceed radwillMilOduPerfMonAirDayRSLThresh 2Exceed radwillMilOduPerfMonAirDayMinTSL radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMaxTSL radwillMilOduPerfMonAirDayTSLThresh 1Exceed radwillMilOduPerfMonAirDayBBERThres h1Exceed radwilMilOduPerfMonEthCurrTable radwllMilOduPerfMoneEthCurrEntry radwilMilOduPerfMonEthCurrRxMBytes 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 1 radwilMilOduPerfMonEthCurrTxMBytes 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 2 radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrEthCapaci 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 3 tyThreshUnder radwilMilOduPerfMonEthCurrHighTraffi 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 4 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge MIB Parameters SSOD0V R O RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO Appendix E MIB Reference Description Number of seconds Receive Signal Level exceeded the RSL2 threshold ACCESS read only per interval Current Min Transmit Signal Level per interval Current Max Transmit Signal Level per interval Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level exceeded the TSL1 threshold per interval Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio exceeded the BBER1 threshold per interval This table defines keeps the air counters of the last month in resolution of days This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayldx This table i
157. e TDM service Loop back configuration table Each of the trunks can be set Normal Line loop back or Reverse line loop back A change is effective immediately Line status IDU TDM Links Statistics table IDU TDM Links Statistics table entry INDEX radwllMillduTdmCurrentindex Table index Same as radwillMillduTdmLinelndex Number of correct blocks transmitted to the line Number of error blocks transmitted to the line TDM Transmit Clock A change is effective after re activation of the TDM service High part of the 64 bits counter Current Blocks Estimated average interval between error second events The valid values are 1 2 31 where a value of 1 is used to indicate an undefined state Estimated average interval between error second events during evaluation process The E 27 Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID radwllMillduTdmSrveEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 10 radwlIMillduTdmBackupAvailableLinks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 11 radwillMillduTdmBackupTable radwillMillduTdmBackupEntry radwillMillduTdmBackupIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 12 1 1 radwlIMillduTdmBackupMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 12 1 2 radwlIMillduTdmBackupCurrentActiveLi 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 12 1 3 nk radwllMillduTdmJitterBufferSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 13 radwillMillduTdmJitterBufferDefaultSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 14 radwilMillduTdmJitterBufferMinSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 15 radwilMillduTdmJitterB
158. e network layer in the protocol stack 50k ele 1 5 Gauge RO An estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in bits per second For interfaces which do not vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made this object should obtain the nominal bandwidth Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual MIB Parameters E 3 Appendix E MIB Reference Installation and Operation Manual Name OID Type Description SSOD0V ifPhysAddress BIC cps rae Real Phys Address RO The interface s address at the protocol layer immediately below the network layer in the protocol stack For interfaces which do not have such an address e g a serial line this object should contain an octet string of zero length ifAdminStatus 1361 212217 Integer RW The desired state of the interface The testing 3 state indicates that no operational packets can be passed ifOperStatus AS 64 21 2216 Integer RO The current operational state of the interface The testing 3 state indicates that no operational packets can be passed ifinOctets 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 10 x Counter RO The total number of octets received on the interface including framing characters iffnUcastPkts 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 11 x Counter RO The number of subnetwork unicast packets delivered to a higher layer protocol ifinNUcastPkts S622 eX Counter RO The number of non unicast i e subnetwork broadcast or subnetwork multicast packets delivered to a higher layer protocol
159. e B respectively In all cases The LAN side Rx rate shown will be the same as the air side Tx rate for each individual ODU Actual Ethernet traffic received and transmitted rates per site is in Mbps of Fps selectable in the panel title bar TDM Services enables you to switch between Accumulative and Current view TOM Service TOM Block Failure Ratio Error B locks El Ports Counters Display Mode Accumulative Current lt 4 14 10E lt 4 14 10E TDM Block Failure Ratio It is zeroed by the Clear Counters button in the tool bar Error block count is shown immediately above the active TDM channels display The color of the TDM ports reflects their current status Green operational Red error LOS and AIS Yellow active loopback Frequency box It shows the link frequency The color of the box indicates the Status Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Frequency 3 65 Hz Green active link Red inactive link Configuration and Management Alternatives 3 7 Chapter 3 Operation Installation and Operation Manual Magenta authentication or compatibility problem Brown severe compatibility problem e vents Log stores alarms generated from both sides of the link Events Log Number Dake amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 27 06 2010 10 06 16 Connected to A Internal ooo002
160. e Configuration A File Actions Help E a odg Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off i Installation Mode System Tx Power and Antenna Air Interface ES Tx Power amp Ant Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory h Security O Date amp Time 6 Advanced a amp Ethernet E3 TDM Services Cable Loss DY External Alarms Max EIRP Antenna Type Required Tx Power per radio Tx Power per radio Tx Power system Antenna Gain Operations EIRP Figure 4 25 Changing the Transmit Power Configuring Ethernet Ports 4 26 The Ethernet ports are configurable for line speed 10 100BaseT and duplex mode half or full duplex Intrepid Series Radio provides an Auto detect feature where the line speed and duplex mode are detected automatically using autonegotiation Use the manual configuration when external equipment does not support autonegotiation The default setting is Auto Detect See Figure 4 26 The maximum Ethernet Information Rate can be limited via the pull down menu The default setting is Not Limited Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration ele It is not recommended to configure the port that is used for the management connection since a wrong configuration can cause management disconnection or Ethernet services interruption To configure the Ethernet mode 1 From the Configuration menu select the site to rec
161. e available for purchase The HSS unit is supplied with ten protective covers any port not in use must be closed with a protective cover CYNE 1 SYNC J SYNC J SYNC 4 PS S Uni Purta ASR Do When dabonrocing a rg a a wut shal Dort to mmh tun cond tarty es Y Figure G 4 HSS Interconnection Unit S Marc GAN A If you collocate more than eight radios cascade two HSS Units with an HSS cable e Ensure that the collocated units are connected in sequence from SYNC 1 If an ODU is removed from the hub site then all remaining ODUs must be reconnected to maintain the connectivity To connect an ODU to the HSS 1 Prepare a Cat 5e cable with RJ 45 connectors in accordance to the cable ODU to HSS unit cable wiring in Appendix A Unscrew the protective cover from the port marked SYNC 1 Connect the RJ 45 connector from one end of the CAT 5e cable to SYNC 1 Connect the other end of the CAT 5e cable to the ODU connector labeled SYNC Tighten the protective seal that is on the prepared cable over the RJ 45 connector DEO Pe No Repeat for all ODUs that are to be collocated at the hub site The next ODU to be connected is inserted to SYNC 2 followed by SYNC 3 and so on Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Hardware Installation G 3 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual Note In the event of an HSS installation fault the ODU will sound a beep pattern according to the f
162. e for LAN 1 LAN 2 and SFP ports Transparent or Tag See Port Functionality section above for description of the ingress modes 3 Select VLAN ID and VLAN priority for the Tag mode Ingress Mode ag VLAN ID WYLAN Priority i Figure 4 31 VLAN Ingress Mode Setting VLAN ID and Priority for LAN 1 4 34 Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration 4 Select egress mode for LAN 1 LAN 2 and SFP ports Transparent Untag all Untag selected VLAN IDs Provider tagging Provider tagging without filter Filtered VLAN IDs See Port Functionality section above for description of the egress modes The first two choices Transparent and Untag all require no further action Untag selected VIDs causes the eight VLAN ID fields to become available Ingress Mode Egress Mode Tag ka LANI VLAN D WYLAN Priority o Figure 4 32 Untagging Selected VIDs You may nominate up to eight VIDs for untagging beyond simple range checking there is no other validation Both Provider Tagging and Provider Tagging without Filter enable the provider parameters fields ij Foder parameters are comman fe all pors Provider parameters VLAN ID WLAN Priority 0 Figure 4 33 Provider Parameters There is of course only one Provider VLAN ID It is most likely yours as the provider Filtered VLAN IDs enables you to filter and block only frames
163. e glands to ensure hermetic sealing of the ODU 6 Secure the cables to the pole mast or brackets using UV rated cable ties 2 8 Indoor Installation Mounting the IDUs The Intrepid Series Radio IDUs can be placed on a desktop or mounted in a rack The figures below illustrate typical IDU panels There may be differences in panels depending on the hardware ordered Indoor Installation GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup amp i d i 4 gt ttn Lan eer aren Figure 2 4 Typical IDU Rear Panel K Detachable F C2 LAN M G Primary 3 F K Detachable Rack mounting L 0 4 8 or 16 Trunks E1 T1 Standby pin Power Rack mounting brackets Label Ports Port Connector Label brackets J 19 Rack A B H Secondary mounting Indicator ODU E Alarms Port 3 pin Power holes LEDs Port Connector J 19 Rack mounting holes Grounding Lug Figure 2 5 Typical IDU E Front Panels To mountan IDU E 1 If the rack already holds other equipment ensure that it is properly grounded Do not proceed with installation into a live rack unless it is properly grounded m Warning Attach the rack mounting brackets K to the IDU E 3 Bolt the IDU E into an empty slot in the rack ensuring that it sits securely 4 Ground the IDU E to the rack using grounding lug The IDU should be left permanently grounded Note Instead of using the rack mountin
164. ear All Selected 0 Remaining O Figure 2 45 Link Installation Wizard TDM Services Dialog Box 2 Selecta TDM service type E1 or T1 TDM Ports section becomes available Services Configuration TOM Ports 1 3 5 7 g 11 13 15 7 4 Gi a 10 12 14 16 Masinun S ailable Services T6xE1 Ethernet Select Select Maxinum Clear I Selected 0 Remaining O Figure 2 46 Link Installation Wizard TDM Services Dialog Box TDM Ports are Available 3 Select active TDM ports Use Select spin box to choose consecutive service ports or Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 45 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Click Select Maximum to choose all TDM port available for current air interface capacity or Click individual ports to choose them Note e Ethernet service is always selected e The number of available services is changed in accordance with actual air interface capacity e The selected ports are enabled for both sides of the link You cannot for example use ports 1 3 5 7 on one side and 2 4 6 8 on the other Services Configuration TOM Ports Masirourn Available Services T6xE1 Ethernet Select Select Maximum Clear I Selected 7 Remaining 9 Figure 2 47 Link Installation Wizard TDM Services Dialog Box Seven TDM Ports are Selected 4 Click OK The Services dialog box is updated to reflect your choice 2 46 Work
165. emet TDM No Sery Ethernet Ethemet TDM Figure 2 28 Link Installation Wizard Opening Screen Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 29 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual 2 30 Note Note The bottom data area reproduces the corresponding data from the main window which is obscured by the above panel Defining System Parameters The System dialog box allows configuration of the general link and site parameters To define the system parameters 1 From the System dialog box configure the following parameters Enter a Link ID The Link ID must be identical for both ODUs in the link otherwise they will not communicate The Link ID must include at least eight alphanumeric characters Up to 24 characters are allowed You should use a Link ID composed of both alphabetic and numeric characters Link Name for the link identification The default name is Link It is recommended to change the default name Site 1 and Site 2 names The default names are both Location It is recommended to change the default names Throughout this manual A for Site 1 and B for Site 2 are used Link password optional Default password is wireless bridge The link password is associated with the link it does not have anything to do with the Link manager login password If an incorrect password is entered a link is established but configurati
166. eneral Business 1 585 242 9600 FAX 1 585 242 9620 Web www gemds com
167. enna alignment using the ODU s audible tone To speed up the installation time alignment of an Intrepid Series Radio system should be performed by two teams simultaneously at site A and at site B To align ODUs with integrated antennas or external bipolar antennas 1 For external bipolar antennas Using a coax cable with N Type connectors connect the vertical polarization connector of the antenna to the ANT 1 connector of the ODU 2 For external bipolar antennas Using a coax cable with N Type connectors connect the horizontal polarization connector of the antenna to the ANT 2 connector of the ODU 3 Ensure that power is connected to the IDUs at both sites 4 Ensure normal operation of the IDUs by the LED indications on the front panel 5 Provided that site A detects the signal from site B the ODU starts beeping 20 seconds after power up and continues beeping until the ODUs are aligned and the installation is complete 6 Inthe following steps antenna refers both to an external antenna and an integrated antenna 7 Direct the antenna of site B in the direction of site A This is simplified if a previous site survey has been completed and azimuths are known When aligning the antennas do not stand in front of a live antenna 8 Make a horizontal sweep of 180 degrees with the site A antenna so that the strongest signal from site B can be detected 9 Slowly turn the site A antenna back towards the position of site B
168. er Counter Counter Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Counter Counter MIB Parameters SSoD0V R O RW N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RW RW RW RW RO RO RW RO RO RO Appendix E MIB Reference Description IfIndex corresponding to ODU Bridge port ODU bridge mode A change is effective after reset Valid values hubMode 0 bridgeMode 1 ODU Transparent Bridge Ports table ODU Transparent Bridge Ports table entry INDEX radwlIMilOduBridgeTpPortIndex ODU Transparent Bridge Port Number Number of frames received by this port Number of frames transmitted by this port Number of bytes received by this port Number of bytes transmitted by this port ODU bridge configuration mode Installation Center Frequency Valid values are product dependent A change is effective after link re synchronization Deprecated parameter actual behavior is read only Required Air Rate For Channel Bandwidth of 20 10 5 MHz divide the value by 1 2 4respectively Reserved for the Manager application provided with the product Required Transmit power in dBm This is a nominal value while the actual transmit power includes additional attenuation The min and max values are product specific A change is effective immediately Current Link State The value is active 3 during normal operation This parameter
169. eration Manual Restoring a Configuration File Backup files can be uploaded from the managing computer You may choose a full software restore or configuration only restore To restore a configuration file 1 From the Configuration menu select the site to reconfigure The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click Restore The Full Restore and Configuration Restore options are displayed 3 Select the desired restore mode The standard Open file dialog box is displayed 4 From the Open File dialog box navigate to your backup storage area and choose file to upload and click OK Reinstalling the Link It may be necessary to reinstall the link if the ODUs should need to be realigned Note Activating the Installation Mode causes disruption in service for approximately 15 seconds To reinstall the link 1 Click Configuration in the Menu bar and select any one of the sites The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click the Installation Mode button in the Configuration dialog box A message box asking if you want to enter install mode appears 3 Click Yes to continue Intrepid Series Radio enters install mode and the beeper starts beeping 4 Realign the ODUs and complete the Installation wizard see Chapter Setting the Link Manager Interface Language If Link Manager interface localizations are available you can set its interface language to be other than default English To select the Link Manager interface language 1
170. ernet TDM Services External Alarms 2 Operations Figure 4 44 External Alarm Configuration 2 Enter a description of the alarms in the fields 3 Click Apply to save Viewing Air Interface Status You can view air interface details via the Air Interface dialog box To view air interface status Select a site to configure Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Performing Additional Tasks 4 45 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Select Air Interface The following screen is displayed detailing air interface status Site Configuration A tions Maas Air Interface Air Interface omea E Tx Power amp Ant 3 22 Hub Site Sync By Management ir Inventory BR Security Date amp Time Advanced a amp Ethernet TDM Services w External Alarms Operations Figure 4 45 Air Interface Status Viewing HSS Status If Intrepid Series Radio operates in the HSS mode you can view the current hub site synchronization status See Appendix G for HSS configuration instructions Site Configuration maia Erna ee ee oe Fobo Fiara Potion AFP cans ator V Figure 4 46 HSS Status Screen 4 46 Performing Additional Tasks Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Viewing TDM MHS Status If Intrepid Series Radio is a part of the Managed Hot Standby MHS setup you can view the current MHS status via the TDM Serv
171. etween Z above and e 10Mbps for Intrepid Series Radio 10M e 50 Mbps for Intrepid Series Radio 50M e 100 Mbps for Intrepid Series Radio 100M Toset the Ethernet information rate 1 From the Configuration menu select the site to reconfigure The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click Advanced gt Ethernet ter Site C nliguraliorn A i Me cons Mep bd gt t8 a 3 Backup Flestoe Aeresh Buzzer OF etaiahon Mode ndje Lonigo Air lntertece aw ME Tx Powe B Ard ODU Mode SY Hub we Hub Site Syic IDU Aging Tine feect 300 l To Managemert A brew ntory Ethernet Porte Conigashon T Securit uate gt Date 5 Time ADU TO0MbooFull Dupe Advanced LANT 100MbpeFid Dupin Auto Detect w No Acton uk Ethernet LAN 2 Tecronmected Auto Detect NoActon v f ER TOM eraco A Eam jarmi VLAN Coris sorn gt Operasion interreatain Ral Masrram Kg Dew Ellot w Fa Sor NAN 165535 122768 15384 18152 m t406 Other Figure 4 27 Selecting MIR 3 Inthe Information Rate pane use the drop down menu to select the maximum Information Rate Select Other to define the throughput with 1 kbps resolution Select Best Effort for the highest information rate possible for the link conditions and settings 4 Click Apply to save the changes Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Operation 4 29 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Configuring VLANs VLAN tagging ena
172. fessional installer e Before working on equipment connected to power lines or telecommunication lines you should remove jewelry or any other metallic object that may come into contact with energized parts e Use extreme care when installing antennas near power lines e Use extreme care when working at heights e When using an AC power source for Intrepid Series Radio always use the AC power adapter supplied by GE MDS e Use the right tools In addition to standard tools required for any kind of ODU or antenna installation Intrepid Series Radio requires additional specific tools detailed in the Additional Equipment Required section below 2 2 Site Requirements and Prerequisites For the IDU units allow at least 90 cm 36 in of frontal clearance for operating and maintenance Allow at least 10 cm 4 in clearance at the rear of the unit for signal lines and interface cables The ambient operating temperature should be 35 to 60 C 31 to 140 F ODU or 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 F IDU at a relative humidity of up to 100 ODU or 90 IDU non condensing 2 3 Package Contents The Intrepid Series Radio packages include the following items e ODU package containing One ODU see Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 AnODU mounting kit Label showing the MAC address and the alternative community string The label is self adhesive You should keep this label safe Cable glands to be used with the ODU IDU cable Intrepi
173. fines keeps the ethernet counters of the last month in resolution of days This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayldx This table is indexed per Day number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 Current RX Mega Bytes per day Current Transmit Mega Bytes per day The number of times throughput was below threshold each day The number of times actual traffic was above threshold each day The number of seconds in which RPL Ethernet service was not blocked each day This table defines keeps the TDM counters of the current 15 min interval This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name OID radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmCurrActiveSe 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 10 1 1 conds radwillMilOduPerfMonTdmintervalTable radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmiIntervalEntry radwilMilOduPerfMonTdmintervalldx radwilMilOduPerfMonTdmintervalActiv eSeconds radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayTable radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayeEntry radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayldx radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayActiveSe conds radwllMilOduPerfMonTxThresh1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 20 radwillMilOduPerfMonRxThresh1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 21 radwillMilOduPerfMonRxThresh2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 22 radwilMilOduPerfMonBBERThresh1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 23 radwilMilOduPerfMonEthCapacityThres 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 2
174. first define the IP address subnet mask default gateway and trap address of the management PC see Chapter 4 for details Alarms traps are displayed in the Event Log in the lower panel of the Main Menu screen The event log may be saved as a TXT file The event log includes the following fields Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Handling Events 5 7 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics e Sequential number ID e Date and time stamp e Message e Trap source e P address of the ODU that Initiated alarm Installation and Operation Manual Table 5 4 GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Trap Messages Trap Message Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 is already in use by ProcessName pid Processld Device unreachable Connected to lt site_name gt lt site_name gt Site will be reset Restore Factory Default Settings in process on Site lt site_name gt Factory Settings The process was not finished due to connection issues Reset The process was not finished due to connection issues Cannot Write to Monitor file There is not enough space on the disk Windows Error lt error_ID gt Cannot Write to Monitor file TDM Counters were cleared for both sides Identical IP addresses at lt local_site_name gt and lt remote_site_name gt The Product is not identified at the lt local_ site name gt site The Product is not identified at the lt remote_site_name gt site The Product is not identified a
175. for Operation 4 37 Chapter 4 Configuration 4 38 Installation and Operation Manual Ethernet QoS Configuration A Mode 8021p e Queue 802 1 p Pricrity Mapping Masinurn Information Rate Kbps Best Effort Ww Best Effort Best Effort Best Effort Weight 72 Real Time 40 Near Real Time 2 Controlled Load 0 Best Effort Figure 4 36 Configuring 802 1p Parameters Ethernet QoS Configuration A Mode DiffServ ka Queue DiffServ Priority Mapping Real Time 40 E Best Effort Best Effort Best Effort Weight 7 Maximum Information Rate Kbps Near Real Time 2 2 Controlled Load 0 Best Effort 15 Best Effort Figure 4 37 Configuring Diffserv Parameters If you over book the Weight column the last entered field will be reduced so that the total is 100 No weight field may be left zero If you do you will not be able to proceed until it is set to something Near Real Time 0 BIg This reflects the implementation policy under which no checked queue may be completely starved If you really do not want to use a queue under congestion uncheck it If you are under booked you will receive this notice Ethernet QoS Configuration A Total queue weights are less than 100 The unused percentage will be allocated to the higher priority queue Apply this configuration to bath sites In any event you may automatically apply the same settin
176. frames towards the Provider s network The system adds a tag with a VLAN ID and EtherType 0x9100 to all frames as configured by the ser vice provider Provider VLAN ID e The system always adds to each frame tags with VLAN ID and EtherType 0x9100 Therefore 4 30 Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Fora frame without a tag the system will add a tag with VLAN ID and EtherType 0x9100 so the frame will have one tag Fora frame with a VLAN tag the system will add a tag with VLAN ID and EtherType 0x9100 so the frame will be double tagged Fora frame with a VLAN tag and a provider tag the system will add a tag with VLAN ID and EtherType 0x9100 so the frame will be triple tagged and so on VLAN Untagging VLAN untagging means the removal of a VLAN or a provider tag Port Functionality The VLAN functionality is supported by all LAN and SFP ports in the IDU Each port can be configured how to handle Ethernet frames at the ingress direction where frames enter the IDU and at the egress direction where frame exit the IDU The configuration is independent at each port Ingress Direction Transparent The port does nothing with regard to VLANs inbound frames are left untouched Tag Frames entering the port without VLAN or QinQ tagging are tagged with VLAN ID and priority which are pre configured by the user Frames which
177. fter a device reset Current Alarm severity Unique Alarm Identifier combines alarm type and interface The same Alarmld is used for RAISED and CLEARED alarms Interface Index where the alarm occurred Alarms that are not associated with a Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name OID radwillMilOduAgnCurrAlarmUnit 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 5 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTrapID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 6 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTimeT 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 7 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmText 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 8 radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsNumber 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 1 radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsTable radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsEntry radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsiIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 1 radwilMilOduAgnLastEventsSeverity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 2 radwillMilOduAgnLastEventslflndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 3 radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsTimeT 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 4 radwilMilOduAgnLastEventsText 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 5 radwillMillduAdmProductType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 1 radwillMillduAdmHwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 2 radwillMillduAdmSwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 3 radwilMilOduAdmNumoOfeExternalAlarm 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 4 In radwilMilOduAdmExternAlarmIinTable radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInEntry radwilMilOduAdmExternAlarmIinindex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 1 radwilMilOduAdmExternAlarmi
178. g Link Note e The Ring uses a VLAN ID for the RPL It is used to manage the Ring and nothing else it is completely separate from the management and traffic VLANs referred to elsewhere e A regular Ring Link may be a member of up to four rings and each of their RPL VLAN IDs must be configured To integrate a link into an Ethernet Ring 1 Using either the Installation or Configuration wizards navigate to the Services window and choose the Ring tab Link Configuration Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hat Standby Ring Ethernet Qos S Configure Ethernet Ring Settings Figure 4 11 Services Window with Ring Tab Selected 2 Click Configure The Ring definition window is displayed The default is Independent Link and is used when the link is not part of any ring 4 12 Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Ring Configuration Link Mode i Fach Aing musi contain ane APL Independent Link w Independent Link Ring Link non APL Ri J Protection Link APL ij Mente Haf af dints are configured wait same Ging VEAN i0 Advanced Minimum time for failure detection msec Minimum time for recovery sec EF Figure 4 12 Ring Options 5 To configure the link as a regular Rink link click Rink Link Non RPL and enter the ring LAN VIDs at least o
179. g brackets the IDU E may be rail mounted using the four screw holes on each of its sides Connecting Power to the IDU The IDUE has redundant power connection circuits The connectors are 3 pin in line female with polarities left to right minus ground plus To avoid damage to the IDU always use an AC DC adapter supplied by RAD Ensure that the IDUs at both sites are powered up 20 60VDC 2 5A PRIMARY SECONDARY o Bleie o aler Figure 2 6 IDUE Power Connectors Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Indoor Installation 2 11 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Connecting the ODU to the IDU The ODU IDU cable conducts all the user traffic between the IDU and the ODU and also provides power to the ODU The maximum length of the ODU IDU cable is 100m 328 ft in accordance with 10 100BaseT standards The ODU IDU cable is supplied pre assembled with RJ 45 connectors at the length specified when ordering or as a cable drum with spare connectors If the ODU IDU cable was not ordered use an outdoor class CAT 5e 24 AWG shielded cable See Appendix A for wiring specifications To connect the ODU to the IDU 1 Route the cable from the ODU to the IDU secure the cable along its path 2 Connect the cable to the ODU RJ 45 connector on the IDU Installing a Link using PoE Devices The PoE device is a simple unit having a power input connector and two Ethernet ports It is AC powered and h
180. gEthStatus OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 4 radwllMilOduSrvRingMaxAllowedTimeF 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 5 romLastRpm radwllMilOduSrvRingWTR radwillMilOduSrvQoSMode radwillMilOduSrvQoSConfTable radwllMilOduSrvQoSConfEntry radwillMilOduSrvQoSConflndex radwllMilOduSrvConfVlanQGroups radwllMilOduSrvConfDiffservOGroups radwllMilOduSrvConfQueMir radwllMilOduSrvConfQueWeight 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 4 6 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 2 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 2 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 2 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 2 1 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 2 1 5 radwllIMilOduSrvQoSVlanQGroupsSetSt 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 3 r radwllMilOduSrvQoSDiffservQGroupsSe 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 4 tStr radwlIMilOduSrvQoSMaxRTQuePercent 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 5 5 radwllMilOduEthernetRemainingRate radwillMilOduEthernetifTable radwllMilOduEthernetifEntry radwllMilOduEthernetifindex radwillMilOduEthernetifAddress radwillMilOduEthernetifAdminStatus radwllMilOduEthernetlfOperStatus radwillMilOduEthernetifFailAction radwillMilOduEthernetNumOfPorts radwlIMilOduBridgeBasePortTable radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortEntry radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortiIndex E 8 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 6 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 7 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 8 1
181. gs to both link sites Ethernet QoS Configuration A J Apply this configuration to both sites Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Choose a Maximum Information Rate MIR for each queue Maxinnurn Information Rate Kbps Best Effort Best Effort Cancel Figure 4 38 Selecting MIR Chapter 4 Configuration If you previously used Site gt Ethernet gt Maximum Information Rate to globally limit the site then your choice in Figure 4 38 will also be limited Click OK on the exit dialog to accept the settings If you did not use these settings for the opposite site you should configure it now To disable QoS 4 5 Set the Mode to Disabled see Figure 4 35 Performing Additional Tasks This section describes additional operations supported by the Intrepid Series Radio management software including the following Displaying inventory Changing passwords Setting date and time Configuring external alarm inputs Reinstalling the wireless link Configuring link security Muting the beeper Resetting the unit Displaying the Inventory To view the inventory data 1 2 5 Note Click Configuration from the main menu Select which site to configure The configuration dialog box opens Select Inventory Figure 4 39 This screen is for viewing purposes only Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Performing Additional
182. gulations and Channel Bandwidths Occupied Channel Bandwidth Frequency Compliance Range GHz 10 MHz 20 MHz 40 MHz 5 480 5 590 IC 5 4 IC RSS 210 Yes Yes Yes 5 660 5 715 FCC IC 5 8 5 725 5 850 FCC 47CFR Part 15 Subpart C and IC RSS 210 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Overview 1 1 Chapter 1 Introduction Installation and Operation Manual Occupied Channel Bandwidth oe Compliance fam _ svesem ones Sim we Note For FCC 5 4 and FCC IC 5 3 bands To comply with FCC regulations do not select channel bandwidths of 10 and 40 MHz Features Wireless Link Intrepid Series Radios delivers up to 100 Mbps air rate for Ethernet and E1 T1 traffic The system supports a variety of spectrum bands Capacity The two Intrepid Series models with different Ethernet or aggregate throughputs are available Intrepid Ultra e Max 100 Mbps FD 200 Mbps Aggregate e Ethernet and up to 16 E1 T1 ports Intrepid e Max 25 Mbps FD 200 Mbps Aggregate e Ethernet and up 8 E1 T1s ports Transmission Technologies Using the following technologies the Intrepid Series air interface is designed to ensure nonstop high quality transmission even under interference and harsh conditions e Automatic Adaptive Rate AAR is a mechanism that dynamically adapts the air interface rate by changing both the signal modulation and coding e Automatic Channel Selection ACS chooses the best channel by monitoring the avail
183. hapter 3 for operation instructions and Chapter 4 for configuration instructions In case a problem is encountered refer to Chapter 5 for test and diagnostic instructions Internal settings adjustment maintenance and repairs may be performed only by a skilled technician who is aware of the hazards involved Always observe standard safety precautions during installation operation and maintenance of this product Before installing the product review Handling Energized Products at the beginning of the manual 2 1 Safety Practices Outdoor units and antennas should be installed ONLY by experienced installation professionals who are familiar with local building and safety codes and wherever applicable are licensed by the appropriate government regulatory authorities Failure to do so may expose the end user or the service provider to legal and financial liabilities GE MDSand its resellers or distributors are not liable for injury damage or violation of regulations associated with the installation of outdoor units or antennas Preventing Overexposure to RF Energy Warning To protect against overexposure to RF energy install the ODUs so as to provide and maintain minimal separation distances from all persons When the system is operational avoid standing directly in front of the antenna Strong RF fields are present when the transmitter is on The ODU must not be deployed in a location where it is possible for people to stand or w
184. he RSS at one of the ODU receivers is below minimal level The air rates used in this mode are same as when using single antennas in both sites Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 35 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Table 2 5 MIMO and Diversity Modes The rates used by Intrepid Series Radio are shown below Number of Antennas Max Full Duplex Capacity Site A Site B NO Table 2 6 Transmission Rates 2 56 Radio Modulation FEC eae Mbps Single BPSK 1 2 6 5 Single QPSK 1 2 13 Single OPSK 3 4 19 5 Single 16QAM 1 2 26 Single 16QAM 3 4 39 Single 64QAM 2 3 52 Single 64QAM 3 4 58 5 Single 64QAM 5 6 65 Dual BPSK 1 2 13 Dual QPSK 1 2 26 Dual QPSK 3 4 39 Dual 16QAM 1 2 S Dual 16QAM 3 4 78 Dual 64QAM 2 3 104 Dual 640AM 3 4 117 Dual 64QAM 5 6 130 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill the Tx Power and Antenna Fields of local and remote sites A B Antenna Type Undetined Undetined Antenna Gain dBi eo Ts Power oer radia dBrn 25 Tx Power svsterd dEr 20 EIRF dEr KE Antenna Configuration 9 9 Monitor Link Z Radio Interface B RSS dBm TT Mo Sere Ethermet Ethemet TOM Mo Serv Ethemet Ethemet TOM Quality OO Figure
185. he wireless network The results of the physical site survey should be recorded It is advisable to go on a clear day so you can more easily see any obstructions between the two sites To perform a physical survey 1 From the compass readings taken in the preliminary survey find the azimuth horizontal position that the ODU should face towards the second ODU Using binoculars locate any obstructions such as tall trees high buildings hills or mountains Look for other RF towers between the two sites Mark the locations of the obstructions on the map Determine the location for the ODU having regard for existing rooftop installations and tower space It should be above any obstructions considering the Fresnel Zone see Appendix C If you need to install the ODU on a tower make sure that the tower is far away from overhead electric power lines Determine a location for the indoor equipment it should be as close as possible to the ODU At an existing site there is probably an equipment room with cable routing channels The IDU ODU cable length limit is 100m in accordance with IEEE 10 100BaseT requirements Measure and record the path length of the cable from the ODU position to the indoor equipment room Determine the ground and lightning connection points of the installation The Intrepid Series Radio ODU and IDU must both be grounded Using the ohmmeter measure and record the resistance of the required installatio
186. hen there is no accessible IDU ODU It is primarily for setting managing computer related parameters and running the Link Budget Calculator Changing the Login Password To change the login password 1 From the Tools menu select Change Password The Change Password dialog box appears 2 Enter the current password and the new password 3 Click OK to confirm Using Link Manager Spectrum View Note Prior to running the link installation wizard may use the Link manager Spectrum View utility The Link Manager Spectrum View utility is an RF survey tool designed to support the link installation prior to full link service activation The tool provides comprehensive and clear spectral measurement information enabling easier faster and better quality installations You can view real time spectrum information save the spectral information and view retrieved spectral information from historic spectrum scans The spectrum measurement and estimation algorithms are designed to show accurate information while accommodating with variations in frequency temperature and interference power while overcoming anomalies that tend to occur in high interference environments e Spectrum view information is supported in GE MDS MIB and can be used by external Network Management applications e The Spectrum View information is logged as part of the diagnostics information to improve link and system diagnostics and remote support It can be retrieve
187. ices screen See Appendix H for MHS configuration instructions gt Site Configuration A A E Aekesh Buezes OW inthallston Mode tio Sardy w or irisriooces 22 Hub Site Swie i Management be Inventor My r Secunty E Date amp Time Advanced a Ethsmet 2 Externe Aderme Operations Figure 4 47 TDM Services MHS Status Screen Managing Configuration Files Saving the Intrepid Series Radio Configuration in a File Link Manager allows you to backup the ODU software of both units of a link to the managing computer as binary files Each site is backed up in a separate file Backup files are matched to the MAC address of the site ODU The default backup file name is constructed from the ODU IP address and the date as in the following example Backup of Site A as used in our examples 192 168 1 101_1 12 2009 backup If you perform more than one backup on a given date you will need to change the file name to something like this 192 168 1 101_1 12 2009_00 backup 192 168 1 101_1 12 2009_01 backup To save the configuration in a file 1 Click Configuration from the main menu 2 Select which site to backup The configuration dialog box opens 3 Click Backup 4 Inthe Save As dialog box indicate in which folder and under what name configuration file is to be saved and click Save Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Performing Additional Tasks 4 47 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Op
188. id and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name compatibleldus desiredRatioCanNotBeAppliedClear cbwMatch switchCbwAndChannel ringRplStateldle ringEthServiceStatus ringFirstRomReceived Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual 228 229 250 251 232 233 234 Severity normal normal normal normal normal normal normal Appendix E MIB Reference Description Indicates that the ODU has identified compatible Idus on both sides of the link Indicates Current UL DL Ratio Is Equal To Desired Ratio Indicates that a Channel Bandwidth match was detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Channel Bandwidth value in MHz Indicates that the system is switching Channel Bandwidth and channel frequency Contains two parameters 1 Switching to Channel Bandwith n0 MHz and to channel n1 GHz RPL state changed to Idle Indicates Ethernet service s state blocked unblocked Contains a single parameter 1 Description Ethernet s state blocked unblocked Ring application in non RPL link indicates first from a specific RPL was received Contains a single parameter 1 Description RPM s VLAN ID MIB Traps E 537 Appendix E MIB Reference Installation and Operation Manual Name ID Severity Description ringEthernetSrviceUnblockedTO 235 normal Ring application in non RPL link Ethernet service is unblocked due to RPM timeout gpsSynchr
189. identical PulseNet NMS management software provides access to the Link Manager via its topology map Working with the Intrepid Series Radio Management Utility 5 4 Before starting a management session make sure that a communication link between local and remote units exists The Link Status indication bar in the middle of the Main menu Configuration and Management Alternatives Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 3 Operation must be green and the Radio Link Sync message must appear in the event log see Figure 3 4 L Link TSP It UKD EBG 20661934 Senatem Pxll Ethernet on SA Frequency G42 5 820 RSS m evasrnanaar Corer gl Ohrel gw MH 20 a Locator riin mrtree4 oO Rabe Mbps Adaptive Stabs Unk ute wea IP Acktress 193 108 1101 Sinet Msk 295 355 299 0 Trap Oestmsbon 0 0 0 0 lt gt Ste IP Address 92 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 755 756 0 Tran Destinahors OOOO Sy Connection Avadshle Connection Mode Network IP Address 197 168 1 101 Figure 3 4 Main Screen Wireless Link is Active The Link Manager main screen consists of the following elements e Toolbar includes buttons serving for EH x i a B F Bs Link Configuration Link Installation Site A Site B Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Log Off Exit Link Configuration Changes configuration parameters of an operating wireless link assigns text files for storing
190. ien Aaner er rn a rado utt ppm forts hi ae ree a Ore bat o 7 K Figure 1 6 General GSU Configuration PoE device 1 3 Functional Description Intrepid Series system comprises of the following units Outdoor Unit ODU An enclosed aluminum frame with a front sealed plastic cover containing an integrated transceiver with an antenna RF module modem and standard interfaces The ODU stores all the configuration parameters of the Intrepid Series system Figure 1 7 shows the ODU block diagram Indoor Unit IDU The interface unit between the ODU and the user It converts 100 240 VAC to 48 VDC and sends it on to the ODU The IDU does not store any configuration data Therefore there is no need for additional configuration of the Intrepid Series system when replacing an IDU Outdoor PoE O PoE An enclosed aluminum frame with a front sealed aluminum cover containing a 110 220 VAC to 48 VDC switching power supply and an interface interconnecting an un powered Ethernet infrastructure to ODU Functional Description Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Conf HW j Ethernet f ctectlon PHY Dc Power DC DC Supplies Ji 1000 BT Magnetics Power RJ45 pont Figure 1 7 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Chapter 1 Introduction SDRAM J3 Nill BUS IF RF Serial Interface R422 JTAG Isolation Interface JTAG Port Ra RJ45 ODU Bloc
191. ieved From product label or Technical Support Do you wank fo continue Figure 2 13 Unreachable Device Message In both of the above situations if you click No you will see a warning graphic J alongside the IP Address field Incorrect Password If you type an incorrect password in the Login screen a warning graphic J is displayed alongside the password field Invalid Read Write Community String This results in the following message x Invalid Read Write Community Do you want to continue Figure 2 14 Invalid Community String Message Logging in to the Over the Air Site You can log in to the over the air site of an established link Site B in our example However you will be first offered the following caution Over the air connection 197 168 1 107 The system has detected an over the air connection to the device Please select one of the Following Continue to resume this operation Read Only to connect in Read Only mode Switch to connect to the local device instead of the remote one Cancel to abort this operation _ In the Future do not show this warning _ Continue Read Only Figure 2 15 Logging in to an Over the Air Site 2 18 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Continuing without an IP Address The Link manager provides limited offline functionality w
192. ilure high interference maintenance operation etc Radio BBER Threshold This parameter counts the seconds in which the radio performance is below a user specified threshold The threshold is measured in percent The threshold can be set from 0 1 up to 50 For links with Ethernet only service 8 threshold is recommended and not 1 meaning that for 8 threshold the recommended BBER value should be 0 if there are no problems during the 15 min interval Since GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio provides a loss less Ethernet service there is throughput degradation in case of interference The degradation is proportional to the BBER The Radio RSS Threshold can also be used to indicate problems in the radio channel The expected RSS can be verified by means of the Link Budget Calculator A value of 5dB from the current RSS is recommended as a threshold amp Performance Monitoring Report Fie Whew Configuration He gt S z amp 3 R Get Da Sare Cker Thresholds Selecion Pane Chose Date amp Tine MmASL MorASt ASSLT RSET Mn TSL MaeTSt SLT SBER LIAS 24 08 2000 16 2256 70 68 0 0 10 10 0 j 0 Figure 5 1 Performance Monitoring Report Window 5 2 Monitoring Performance Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Table 5 1 Performance Counters Data type Reported value Generic PM Data UAS Unavailable Seconds ES Error Second SES Severe Error
193. ing site e Site B is the receiving site e PathLoss is calculated according to the free space model PathLoss 32 45 20 x log frequencyyy 20 x log RequiredRangex ExpectedFadeMargin Sensitivity ExpectedRSS where Sensitivity is dependent on air rate Min and Max Range MinRange is the shortest range for which RAPE CICERO Men putt aver rate per air MaxRange with Adaptive checked is the largest range for which ExpectedRSS 2 Sensitivity at the highest air rate for which this relationship is true In a link with adaptive rate this will be the actual behavior MaxRange for a given air rate is the largest range for which ExpectedRSsS Sensitivity RequiredFadeMargin Service The Ethernet throughput is calculated according to internal product algorithms Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Initiating the Link Budget Calculator C 3 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Installation and Operation Manual Availability The Service Availability calculation is based on the Vigants Barnett method which predicts the downtime probability based on a climate factor C factor Availability 6 x 10 x Cfactor x frequencygy X RequiredRangepy ExpectedFadeMargin x 10 k Antenna Height The recommended antenna height required for line of sight is calculated as the sum the Fresnel zone height and the boresight height See About the Fresnel Zone below 7 x 300 ExpecredRange f frequencygp 2 E
194. ing with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below eo Service Configuration TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Services 7xE1 Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive w Distance 0 Km 0 Miles IDU A B Product AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM l HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 Cancel Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 2 48 Link Installation Wizard Services Dialog Box Services are Selected Selecting Modulation Rate You can choose a specific modulation rate or use adaptive rate to dynamically adapt the air interface rate by changing both the signal modulation and coding To select modulation rate 1 In the Services dialog box choose Adaptive or one of the available rates 2 Click Evaluate to continue or click the TDM Jitter Buffer tab to set the TDM jitter buffer size Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 47 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet QoS Services 7xE1 Ethernet Rate Mbps Adap
195. inks intended as the primary and secondary are referred to their respective names Primary Link and Secondary Link as shown in Figure H 1 above despite their having yet to be installed To install a hot standby link 1 Setup Primary Link in the usual way Ensure that it is fully operational in accordance with the relevant instructions in the previous chapters of the manual Do not proceed unless this condition is fully met 2 Connect user equipment to Site 1 4 3 At Site 1 2 disconnect the TDM cables from the external equipment or disconnect external equipment from the Hot Standby patch panel 4 The HSS cable connecting the ODUs should be connected at Site 1 2 The ODU belonging to the primary link should be configured as HSM whereas the ODU belonging to the secondary link should be configured as HSC CT 5 Establish Secondary Link in the usual way with HSS enabled The two link frequencies should be at least 5 MHz apart 6 Connect the MHS cables at Sites A and B as shown in Figure H 1 and Figure H 3 above 7 Run the Configuration Wizard for Primary Link Activate TDM services in the usual way Notice that there is a new tab Hot Standby in the Services Configuration panel Installing a Hot Standby Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Link Configuration Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TDM
196. io E O A A 1007 90 04 7 50 04 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 2 40 Link Installation Wizard Services Dialog Box for Intrepid Ultra Series Radio Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate From the lists below Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet Qos Services Ethernet i Rate Mbps Adaptive ka Distance D Km 0 Miles Transmission Ratio i B O Lt LN 1002 90 04 450 0 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 2 41 Link Installation Wizard Services Dialog Box for Intrepid Series Radio Collocated as a Client 2 42 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below ae Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet QoS Services Ethernet Only Rate Mbps Adaptive v Distance 0 Km 0 Miles IDU A B Product AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM HW Version 3 3 SW Version _2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 _2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 2 42 Link Installation Wizard Services Dialog Box for Intrepid Series Radio Configuring Asymmetric Ethernet Capacity Ratio of the upload and download speed on the Ethernet link of the Intrepid U
197. ion 1 Description External Alarm 4 lt User Text gt Alarm The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch with full link functionality Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software versions mismatch full link functionality The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch with restricted link functionality Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software versions mismatch restricted link functionality The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch and SW upgrade is required Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software versions mismatch Software upgrade required The trap is sent if SW versions are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description SW Versions incompatible Indicates that multiple sync pulse sources were detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS multiple sync sources were detected Indicates that synchronization to a proper sync pulse source was stopped Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS sync pulse Down The reason is s s Is the reason for the sync down MIB Traps E 533 Appendix E MIB Reference Name hssSyncPulseDetectedAlarm tdmBackupAlarm linkLockUnauthorizedRemoteODU linkLockUnauthorizedODU hotStandbyAlarm sfplnsertion sfpPort1DisconnectedAlarm desiredRatioCanNotBeAppliedAlarm
198. ion Description Normal operation E1 services are carried by the primary link The secondary link equipment and air interface is operating but not carrying user traffic E1 ports on the secondary IDUs are tri state Switching to backup link Loss of the primary air interface due to sync loss Loss of the primary air interface due to failure of the receiver to acquire expected E1 T1 data during a period of 24 ms Primary equipment power off either ODU or IDU local or remote E1 ports on the primary IDUs turn to tri state E1 ports on the secondary IDUs become active Backup operation E1 services are carried by the secondary link Restoration of primary link Switching back to primary occurs as soon as the primary link is fully functional for 1 second H 14 Switching Logic Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Appendix FCC IC DFS Installation Procedure The FCC IC regulation for 5 4 5 3 GHz allows unlicensed wireless data equipment provided that it does not interrupt radar services If radar activity is detected the equipment must automatically change frequency channel This feature is termed Dynamic Frequency Selection DFS According to the standard a channel with active radar is prohibited from use for 30 minutes Before using a channel for transmission the radio equipment must probe it for radar signals for a period of 60 seconds GE MDS Intrepid Series products have the DFS feature available as well as ACS
199. ion Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Installation Channel GHz 5 820 Channel Bandwidth MHz 20 Automatic Channel Selection Available Channels List GHz 5 735 5 750 5 765 5 780 5 795 5 810 5 740 5 755 5 770 5 785 5 800 5 815 5 745 5 760 5 775 5 790 5 805 5 820 lt F Select All Clear All Monitor Link A Radio Interface RSS dBm 33 33 No Sery Ethemet Ethernet TDM No Serv Ethernet Ethernet TDM Quality ss Figure 2 32 Link Installation Wizard Channel Settings Dialog Box To select channels to be used by the link 1 Select the main frequency from the Installation Channel box 2 Click the check box if Automatic Channel Selection is required 3 The Available Channels List contains all of the allowable channels for the link Check the channels that can be automatically selected Selecting a new channel causes the system quality to change The Quality bar provides an indication of the link quality from No serviice red to Ethernet TDM green as shown in the bottom of the figure above Toselect channel bandwidth 1 Select the required channel bandwidth 10 20 or 40 MHz for Intrepid Ultra Series Radio and 10 and 20 Mbps for Intrepid Series Radio 2 Click Next Configuring Transmit Power and Antenna Settings The choice of Tx power antenna gain and cable loss determines the EIRP and is affected by such consider
200. ion separation is decreased and spatial separation is recommended Q Could you add the frequency of 5 735 to the manual selection in order to increase the number of 20 MHz channels to six A Currently the system provides fixed channels with one manual frequency setting The manual setting provides flexibility of soectrum selection including 5 735 MHz Q Can we manage GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio using SNMPc other than the supplied management software that comes with the units A Yes The GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio is SNMP based GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio can be managed when using other SNMP software after implementing RAD MIBs Q Can GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio be managed and configured via Telnet A Yes Q Can use GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio with any vendor s external antenna A Yes RAD supplies the GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio external ODU with an N type typical connector Any vendor s external antenna that can be cascaded to the external unit can be used without problem Note that dB losses in the cascading cable between the external ODU and antenna should be taken into consideration In the supplied cascading cable of one meter there is 1 dB loss Q Do we need to add external arrestors on GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio cables A The GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio ODU includes arrestors and lightning protection Therefore there is no need to add additional arrestors Q Does GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio withhold any M
201. is the default password This parameter indicates if the Manager application is connected to the local ODU or to the remote ODU over the air A value of unknown indicates community string mismatch Back to factory settings Command A change is effective after reset The read value is always 0 ODU IP address Configuration The format is lt IP_Address gt lt Subnet_Mask gt lt Default_Gatew ay gt VLAN ID Valid values are 1 to 4094 Initial value is 0 meaning VLAN unaware VLAN Priority O is lowest priority 7 is highest priority ODU Serial Number This is the product name as it exists at EC Activates a general key Mobile Application permitted partner OduType CPU ID System mode The only values that can be set are installMode and slaveMode normalMode reserved to the Manager application provided with the product A change is effective after link re synchronization Bridging Mode Valid values are disabled 0 enabled 1 Mode of the link regarding ring topology Ring Topology options are supported not supported Ring VLAN IDs table VLAN ID of the internal ring messages Valid values are 1 to 4094 Initial value is O meaning VLAN unaware INDEX radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanidindex Index of VLAN ID of the internal ring messages VLAN ID of the internal ring messages Valid values are 1 to 4094 Initial value is 0 meaning E 7 Appendix E MIB Reference Name radwllMilOduSrvRin
202. ist of frequencies Short Time to Service Because Intrepid Series operates in license exempt frequencies it can be deployed in record time eliminating the costs and delays involved in leasing lines or trenching fiber Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Overview 1 3 Chapter 1 Introduction Installation and Operation Manual 1 4 Ethernet Ring Ethernet rings are used to protect data against link and node failures The rings ensure high availability of Ethernet services for critical applications VLAN Management VLAN management allows the separation of user traffic from NMS traffic The user decides if such a separation is required Both the headquarters and remote sites are configured with VLAN management Ethernet QoS VLAN or Diffserv based traffic prioritization technique is used for forwarding user Ethernet traffic into four weighted queues The queues handle traffic with different service demands real time near real time controlled loaf and best effort Monitored Hot Standby MHS The Monitored Hot Standby MHS protects up to sixteen E1 T1 services with Intrepid Ultra and up to four E1 T1 services with Intrepid It is designed to provide high reliability high capacity point to point links The MHS is e Designed to provide redundancy and high reliability for carrier class operators e Optimized for high capacity links operating in license free bands e Acomprehensive solution providing protection against both equi
203. ity link at the 10 20 MHz channel bandwidths for Intrepid and 10 20 40 MHz bandwidths for Intrepid Ultra These channels support high robustness of the air interface under interference and harsh conditions In countries where applicable narrow channel bandwidth reduces the cost of the spectrum license Security AES 128 bit integrated advanced encryption support provides enhanced air interface security for carriers and private networks It ensures user data protection with one of the most sophisticated commercially available combined encryption and authentication techniques CCM AES This technique combines message authentication preventing anti spoofing and replay protection with commercial encryption and complies with the IEEE 802 111 phase iii security recommendations CCM AES uses a symmetric 128 bit encryption key EK and a nonce and provides both message encryption and authenticating signature The nonce mechanism enables the receiver to remember already received genuine messages and reject all replayed messages Adaptive Modulation Intrepid Series adaptively changes the modulation according to air conditions targeting maximum rate while maintaining link stability The rate drops temporarily after encountering interference then automatically returns to the highest possible rate Quality of Service When the link quality is out of limits Intrepid Series automatically searches for a clear channel within a pre selected l
204. k and in the panel of Figure H 5 above check the Secondary button to re enable the link as secondary 6 Connect the new Site 1 2 primary IDU to its ODU The hot standby automatically reverts to the primary link within 50 ms ODU Replacement Note Both the primary and secondary replacement ODUs require pre configuration prior to insertion into the link The items to be pre configured are e HSS mode e LinkID e Frequency e Hot Standby mode using the new Services panel in Figure H 5 above e P address optional Pre configuration must be carried out before the new ODU is connected to its IDU If you try to do it live against its IDU it will cause spurious transmissions and a service break To pre configure an ODU 1 Attach the new ODU to a PoE device or IDU 2 Run the Link Manager and use Hot Standby tab of Figure H 5 above to configure the new ODU to Primary or Secondary mode as required 3 Ensure that it is set to the proper HSS mode in accordance with Figure H 5 above Enter the required Link ID and frequency To replace an ODU for primary or secondary link at either site e install the pre configured ODU Since the other link is working normally nothing need be done with it If the secondary ODU was replaced service remains as is on the primary link If the primary ODU was replaced then the service switches back to the primary link Maintaining a Hot Standby Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual
205. k Diagram Functional Description 1 9 Chapter 1 Introduction Installation and Operation Manual 1 4 Technical Specifications Radio Frequency Bands GHz See Table 1 1 Throughput 100 Mbps FD 200Mbps Agg Ethernet and up to 16 E1 T1 25 Mbps FD 50 Mbps Aggf Ethernet and up 8 E1 T1 Channel Bandwidth 10 20 MHz channel bandwidths for Intrepid 10 20 40 MHz bandwidths for Intrepid Ultra Duplex Technique TDD Modulation 2x2 MIMO OFDM BPSK QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM see Table 1 2 Transmit Power See Table 1 2 Sensitivity See Table 1 2 measured at BER lt 10E 11 20 MHz Error Correction FEC k 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 see Table 1 2 Encryption AES 128 Regulation FCCAC FCC 47CFR Part 15 Subpart C FCC 47CFR Part 15 Subpart E FCC 47CFR Part 90 Subpart Y RSS 111 IC RSS 210 ETSI ETSI EN 302 502 ETSI EN 301 893 WPC India GSR 38 China MII 1 10 Technical Specifications Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Antennas Characteristics Polarization Type TDM Interface Number of Ports Type Framing Timing Connector Standards Compliance Line Code Latency Impedance Jitter and Wander LAN Interface Number of Ports Type Framing Coding Bridging Traffic Handling Latency Line Impedance VLAN Support Connector Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 3 Dual IDU 2 IDU E O 4 8 or 16 E1 T1 configurable Unframed
206. kground Block Error Ratio BBER exceeds the specified threshold The number of Mega bytes received in the specified port within the interval The number of Mega bytes received in the specified port within the interval Table 5 2 Action Of The Tool Bar Button Commands Button Action Get Data Uploads the selected report from the ODU Save Saves the data in a CSV or Text format for additional analysis Clear Removes the current data from the window Selection pane Selects the site interface and interval to be displayed Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Monitoring Performance 5 3 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual 5 4 Button Action Threshold Opens the threshold configuration dialog box Figure 5 2 to set the Air Interface thresholds Note that threshold change Is effected immediately but it does not change any historical data Close Closes the Performance Monitor Report window Thresholds Air Interface RSL 1 dBm RSL 2 dBm TSL dBm BBER o Ethernet Interface Capacity Mbps Traffic Mbps Refresh Cancel Figure 5 2 Threshold Configuration Dialog Box RSL Thresholds Two RSL Thresholds can be defined They are used as an indicator of problems in the radio channel You can check the RSS from the Link Budget Calculator results during installation Values of 5dB and 8dB from the current RSS are typical TSL Threshold A counter is mai
207. l SNMP requests must go to the local site IP address E 2 Private MIB Structure Figure E 1 illustrates the sections in the private MIB and its location in the MIB tree WW private ee enterprises radl E D radwlimil mi rO racwllMiladu E E radwillMilduadmin hy radwilMiladuservice E E radwilMilOduEthernet E E radwilMilduBridge E E radvallMilOdudir E E radwilMilOduPerfMon o E radwilMilOdudgent 9 radwliMilIdu G radwliMilIdu dmin E E radwilMillduService E E radwilMillduEthernet E 9 radwliMilIduBridge o E radwllMilliduTdm i HE radwilMilGeneral E E radvellProducts Pre a Figure E 1 Top Level Sections of the Private MIB The products MIB section contains the definition of the Object IDs for the two form factors of the ODU Integrated Antenna and Connectorized referred in the MIB as external antenna gt radwill E E radwlimil a radwilProducks E CQ radwliMilFamily odu ae odulntegrated4ntenna fli oduExternalAntenna H E air Mux400F amily g LO GpsSynchronizerFamily 9 oduesu fi oduGSUExternalantenna The ODU MIB contains the sections Admin Service Ethernet Bridge Air PerfMon and Agent The IDU MIB contains the sections Admin Service Ethernet Bridge and TDM The GpsSynchronizerFamily MIB defines the GSU E 2 Private MIB Structure Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix E MIB Reference Name iflndex ifDescr
208. l or shifted phase is configurable per GSU using the Manager J 2 GSU Redundancy The GSU is designed to support redundancy improving the robustness of a GSU based topology In redundancy mode two GSUs are installed at the same HSS site One of them self configures to generate HSS sync signals We will call it the Primary unit The other one the Secondary unit remains dormant merely polling the first GSU If the Primary GSU fails then the Secondary GSU becomes active immediately If the Primary unit becomes active again it remains dormant reversing the original roles The choice of the Primary GSU is random and of no significance If the Primary GSU fails and then the Secondary GSU also fails to receive sync signals from its GPS then it moves to self generation HSM mode like an ordinary HSM ODU until its GPS recovers Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual GSU Redundancy J 3 Appendix J GPS Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual GSU Primary Figure J 4 Connecting Two GSUs to HSSU J 3 Installing the GSU Kit Contents The GSU package includes e GSU e Mounting kit e GPS antenna e GPS antenna mounting kit e RF cable 1 5m 4 9 ft J 4 Installing the GSU Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix J GPS Synchronization Installing the Unit Figure J 5 illustrates a typical installation of a GSU GPS Antenna GSU GPS based Site A e Synchronization g
209. listening to the tone until the best signal is reached See the following figure for audible signal variations BUZZER SIGNAL BESTSOFAR EEE INCREASED ENE SAME E DECREASED D NOAIRLINK HSS MISMATCH a Figure 2 7 Beep Sequence for Antenna Alignment ANTENNA ALIGNMENT e Three beeps and a pause is best signal so far e Two beeps and a pause is signal quality increased e One beep and pause is no change in signal e Long beep and short pause is signal quality decreased e One beep and a long pause is no air link e Any other signal does not relate to antenna alignment Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas 2 13 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual 10 Secure the site A antenna to the pole walll 11 Repeat steps 4 to 8 for site B 2 10 Working with the Link Manager Application The Intrepid Series Radio management application is distributed on CD ROM as an executable file System specific PC resources required by the application are detailed in Table 2 3 Table 2 3 PC Requirements for the Link manager Windows 2000 Windows XP Pro Windows Vista Windows 7 RAM 128 MB 512 MB 1GB Processor P III P IV P IV Dual Core e Disk 1 GB free hard disk space e Network 10 100BaseT NIC e Graphics Card and monitor that support 1024 x 768 screen resolution with 16 bit color e Microsoft Explorer 5 01 or later Installing the
210. ll be used e NMS 192 168 1 100 e The log on ODU 192 168 1 101 e Over the air ODU 192 168 1 102 The subnet mask for both sites is 255 255 255 0 and no default gateway is defined If the login is successful Intrepid Series Radio displays the opening window Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 27 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help Installation and Operation Manual amp connection Available onfiguration Link Installation A Link Link Link ID Services None Frequency GHz 5 820 Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps 13 Status Installation Required Site Location IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Ji Site Location IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Note Note 2 28 Connection Mode Network Site Location p F B 3 Q Site Location Get Diagnostics clear Counters Exit Help F1 Location Location Location Radio Interface RSS dBm Dynamic Tx Ratio Ethernet Service Estimated Throughput Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate TDM Service Counters Display Mode ey serrirujlerive O Curreric TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks TDM Ports Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 11 08 2010 09 37 28 Number
211. ltra Series Radio can be changed using the Transmission Ratio slider To change the Ethernet uplink downlink ratio 1 Slide the Transmission Ratio slider to select the required ratio For example Figure 2 43 illustrates allocation of the 70 of the link to the downstream Ethernet traffic and 30 to the upstream Transmission Ratio i E 0 B a 100 70 04 730 02 Figure 2 43 Changing the Ethernet Uplink Downlink Ratio The following caution is displayed Services Transmission ratio change detected Warning TOM services on all collocated links will be stopped Other Hub Site units may be affected Do you want ko continue Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 43 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual 2 44 Caution If you have active collocated links or if you are uncertain of whether collocated links provide TDM services do not use this option now You can do it at a less disruptive time using the Link Configuration see Chapter 4 2 Click Yes to continue 3 Ifyou are not using TDM services click Next to complete link installation Limitations on the Use of Asymmetric Allocation For non collocated links capacity allocation between uplink and downlink traffic is determined automatically according to actual Ethernet traffic and air interface conditions Your manual allocation using this feature cuts in during congestion
212. lure action of the interface Number of ODU network interfaces ODU Bridge Ports table ODU Bridge Ports table entry INDEX radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortIndex ODU Bridge Port Number Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name radwllMilOduBridgeBaselflndex radwllMilOduBridgeTpMode radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortTable radwillMilOduBridgeTpPortEntry radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortIndex radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortInFrames radwlIMilOduBridgeTpPortOutFrames radwlIMilOduBridgeTpPortInBytes radwlIMilOduBridgeTpPortOutBytes radwlIMilOduBridgeConfigMode radwllMilOduAirFreq radwllMilOduAirDesiredRate radwllMilOduAirSSID radwllMilOduAirlxPower radwilMilOduAirSesState radwillMilOduAirMstrSlv radwillMilOduAirResync radwillMilOduAirRxPower radwillMilOduAirTotalFrames radwilMilOduAirBadFrames Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 101 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 101 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 102 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 102 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 6 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 8 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 3 Type Integer Counter Count
213. m EERE Good c 0 25 Ethernet Only 08 5 MBs 46 5 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meters 30 Feet T Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 beter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Figure C 2 Selecting a Product Use Link B 100 for Intrepid Ultra 100 FD 200 Agg and Link B 50B for Intrepid 25FD 50 Agg Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Using the Link Budget Calculator C 5 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator 2 Select product series Band Product Series Channel Bandwidth Tx Power Antenna Type Antenna Gain Radio Cable Loss EIRP Fade Margin Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin Min Range Max Required Climate Type Services Ethernet Throughput Installation Antenna height for LOS Installation and Operation Manual Link Link A 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Integrated AirMux 400 100M i Air Mun 400 50M Air Mus 400 10M me Jug 5 T6 Dual 3 dB Site A Site B 23 dBi Site Alo Site Bo 44 dBm 25 1 Watt e dB 130 Mb s 2 n 64 QAM 0 83 M Adaptive 64 dBm 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles 15 4 Km 9 6 Miles ho km Coordinates Good C 0 25 Ethernet Only dB 88 5 Mb s 48 5 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Figure C 3 Selecting Product Series Select the channel bandwidth Link B Band Product Series Channel Bandwidth Tx Power Antenna Type Antenna Gain Radio Cable Loss EIRP Fade Margi
214. md 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 5 Integer RW Reset Command A set command with a value of 3 will cause a device reset The read value is always 0 radwlIMilOduAdmAddres 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 6 lpAddress RW ODU IP address A change is effective after reset The parameter is kept for backward compatibility Using the alternative parameter radwlIMilOduAdmlpParamsCnfg is recommended radwlIMilOduAdmMask 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 7 IpAddress RW ODU Subnet Mask A change is effective after reset The parameter is kept for backward compatibility Using the alternative parameter radwlIMilOduAdmlpParamsCnfg is recommended radwlIMilOduAdmGateway 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 8 lpAddress RW ODU default gateway A change is effective after reset The parameter is kept for backward compatibility Using the alternative parameter radwlIMilOduAdmlpParamsCnfg is recommended radwlIMilOduAdmBroadcast 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 10 Integer RW This parameter is reserved for the Manager application provided with the product radwllMilOduAdmHostsTable N A Trap destinations table Each trap destination is defined by an IP address and a UDP port Up to 10 addresses can be configured radwillMilOduAdmHostsEntry N A Trap destinations table entry INDEX radwllMilOduAdmHostsIndex Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual MIB Parameters E 5 Appendix E MIB Reference Name radwilMilOduAdmHostsIndex radwllMilOduAdmHostslp radwllMilOduAdmHostsPo
215. me If no CAC has performed on the channel the return value will be O read only Last Radar Detection timestamp in hundredths of a second since device up time If no Radar has detected on the channel the return value will be O read only Description Antenna configuration and Rates Status 1 Single antenna with single data stream 2 Dual antenna with single data stream 3 Dual antenna with dual data stream Description Transmission type when using Dual radios MIMO or AdvancedDiversity using one stream of data This parameter controls the Operation mode of frames sent over the air The Operation mode is either normal 1 for regular transmission where frame size is determined by the traffic or throughput test 2 when the user requests an actual over the air throughput estimation using full frames The latter lasts no more than a predetermined interval default 30 sec This parameter is reserved to the element manager provided with the product Represents the actual Net Master Tx RAtio Represents the minimal value the user can configure for Desired net mAster Tx Ratio Represents the maximal value the user can configure for Desired net mAster Tx Ratio Accumulates the Unavailable seconds of the Air Interface This table defines keeps the counters of the Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name radwillMilOduPerfMonCurrEntry radwllMilOduPerfMonCu
216. meter which is its description 1 Description A valid IDU could not be detected at s Please check your configuration s Is the Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link Indicates an encryption key mismatch Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Encryption Status Failed No Services are available Indicates that a failure has occurred while attempting to change the Link Password Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Failed to change the Link Password at on s s Is the Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 1 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 1 lt User Text gt Alarm The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 2 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 2 lt User Text gt Alarm The trap is sent if there is no way to recover from the situation Contains two parameters 1 Description ODU power up built in test failed Error code is n 2 N number The trap is sent if there is a way to recover from the situation Contains two parameters 1 Description Wrong configuration loaded Error code Is n 2 N number Indicates the LAN port 1 status changed to disconnected Contains a single par
217. mismatch was detected Contains two parameters 1 Description Channel Bandwidth Mismatch one side is n0O MHz and the other is n1 MHz n0 is the local Channel Bandwidth value in MHz n1 is the remoet Channel Bandwidth value in MHz Indicates that the GPS is not synchronized with satellites Pulses are self generated Indicates that TDM Service fault is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM Service Normal Indicates that Ethernet Service has been opened Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Ethernet Service has been opened Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name encryptionClear changeLinkPasswordClear externalAlarmInPort1Clear externalAlarmInPort2Clear lanPort1Clear lanPort2Clear mngPortClear externalAlarmInPort3Clear externalAlarmInPort4Clear swVersionsMatchFullCompatibilityClear swVersionsMatchRestrictedCompatibilityClear Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual 203 204 205 206 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 Severity normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal normal Appendix E MIB Reference Description Indicates that encryption is OK Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Encryption Status Normal Indicates that the Link Password was changed successfull
218. mmediatly TDM backup current active link N A air link is active or external link is active TDM Jitter Buffer Size The value must be between the minimum and the maximum TDM Jitter Buffer Size The units are 0 1 x millisecond TDM Jitter Buffer Default Size The units are 0 1 x millisecond TDM Jitter Buffer Minimum Size The units are 0 1 x millisecond TDM Jitter Buffer Maximum Size The units are 0 1 x millisecond TDM Jitter Buffer Size for evaluation The value must be between the minimum and the maximum TDM Jitter Buffer Size The units are 0 1 x millisecond TDM Type The value undefined is read only TDM Type for evaluation Line status Indicates if Hot Standby is supported Desired Hot Standby Mode The Link Actual Status Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix E MIB Reference gt O Name OID Type Description a radwillMillduTdmBackupLinkConfigurati 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 24 Integer RW The current configuration of the backup link on radwllMilGeneralTrapDescription 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 1 DisplayString RO Trap s Description Used for Trap parameters radwillMilGeneralTrapSeverity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 2 Integer RO Trap s Severity Used for Trap parameters radwllMilGeneralCookie 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 3 DisplayString RW Reserved for the Manager application provided with the product used for saving user preferences affecting ODU o
219. modulation per radio as was used with single antenna thus increasing capacity range and availability For example with a dual antenna Intrepid Series Radio can transmit at modulation of 64 QAM and FEC of 5 6 and get an air rate of 130 Mbps compared to 65 Mbps with single antenna 2 34 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup To work in this mode each antenna port must be connected to an antenna the RSS level in both receivers should be balanced and a minimal separation between the antennas must be maintained For example by using dual polarization antennas a cross polarization separation is attained Upon selecting Antenna Type as Dual Intrepid Series Radio automatically selects MIMO mode and doubles the air rates Link manager indicates a case of unbalanced RSS between the two antennas Diversity Mode Diversity Mode uses two antennas to improve the quality and reliability of the link Often there is not a clear line of sight LOS between transmitter and receiver Instead the signal is reflected along multiple paths before finally being received Each such bounce can introduce phase shifts time delays attenuations and even distortions that can destructively interfere with one another at the aperture of the receiving antenna Antenna diversity is especially effective at mitigating these multipath Situations
220. n Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin Min Range Max Required Climate Type Services Ethernet Throughput Installation Antenna height for LOS Link Link A 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Integrated YW Air Mun 400 100M w Site A 23 Site B dBi Sitealo SiteBlo dB 44 dBm i 25 1 Watt 6 dB 130 Mb s 2 x 64 GAM0 83 Adaptive 64 dBm 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles 15 4 Km 9 6 Miles jo km 0 E Good c 0 25 Ethernet Only 88 5 Mb s 48 5 Mb s Full Duplex 9 Meter 30 Feet 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Figure C 4 Selecting Channel Bandwidth C 6 Using the Link Budget Calculator Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix C Link Budget Calculator 3 Fora collocated link choose the RFP Use the Help button to the right of the RFP selection box for help For collocated Intrepid Series Radio devices use RFP B or E Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Integrated vw Product Series RADWIN 2000 C w Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz o JE Auto E Tx Power 118 dBm p E Antenna Type Dual Antenna Gain Site A Site B dBi Radio Cable Loss SiteAlo SiteBlo dB EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Fade Margin 6 dB Rate 130 Mb s 2x 64 GAM0 83 Adaptive Expected RSS Fade Margin 64 dBm Min 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Range Max 15 4 Km 9 6 Miles Required Climate 10 Km m E Good c 0 25 Ethernet Orly o Type Services Ethernet Throughput 88 5 Mb s 48 5
221. n to the grounding point The resistance must be less than 10Q Review the results of the physical site survey Decide if the site is suitable for the Intrepid Series Radio wireless network installation f the site is suitable continue with stage 3 the RF survey Surveying the Site GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Note lf the site is not suitable survey another site Stage 3 RF Survey The RF survey examines the wireless environment of the Intrepid Series Radio installation site to determine whether there are available channels within the Intrepid Series Radio operating frequency band An RF survey is performed using a spectrum analyzer It is advisable to familiarize yourself with the spectrum analyzer before going out on site specifically the Max Hold and Marker functions You should perform the RF survey at both proposed link sites The survey should be carried out during a busy time of day to best judge the worst case radio interference Allow 2 4 hours duration for a good RF survey It is possible to install the Intrepid Series Radio link and use the Link Manager to find a clear channel Each frequency channel can be evaluated in turn Achievement of a clear channel is indicated by the Quality bar on the Channel Setting window becoming green 2 7 Outdoor Installation Mounting the ODU Note Warning Notes The ODU can be moun
222. n verify that that the software version 2 5 5 If the application software version is 2 5 proceed to Chapter 4 for further instructions on how to configure the unit for management and operation 6 If displayed number is below 2 5 see Chapter 6 for software upgrade instructions Working with Telnet Typically the Telnet host is a PC or a Unix station with the appropriate suite of TCP IP protocols The login name is admin and the login password is identical to the community strings Read write allows using display and set commands default value is netman To enable Telnet access 1 Display Protocol tab of the Management menu Site Configuration gt Management 2 Enable Telnet access by ticking the Telnet check box Network Parameters VLAN Protocol _ Telnet Figure 3 5 Enabling Disabling Telnet Access Table 3 3 lists the Telnet commands supported by Intrepid Series Radio Table 3 3 Telnet Commands Command display inventory display management Description Display ODU product name name location hardware and software revisions uptime MAC address IDU product name IDU software and hardware revisions Display IP subnet gateway traps table Display state SSID channel BW RSS TSL frequency ACS DFS display link display Ethernet rate ARA distance Display bridge mode aging time port table state status and action display rfp display ratio Display RFP for GSU Display tran
223. ncel Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 2 54 Link Installation Summary File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help E gt x F4 amp 2 EZ Link Configuration Link Installation Site A ite Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Log Off i Help F1 Link TPSF_BTT Link ID EBG_20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Tx Ratio Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active Location Radio Interface t Service Ru Tx Rate Units Mbps Fos Estimated Throughput Mbps 3 IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TOM Service Counters Display Mode Accumulative Current lt 4 1 xX 10E 7 lt 4 1 X 10E 7 TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 E1 Ports Frequency 3 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address amp connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 4irMux 400 Encrypted Link Figure 2 55 Main Window after Link Installation TDM Services Enabled 2 52 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup ak Fie Configuration Tools Maintenance Help ty x o W 4 EA j 7 ne o
224. ncy Link ID Link Password Local public Manager Logon Password ODU IP Address ODU Mode 5 2 On Primary On Active Chapter 3 Operation Blinking Secondary a femos tec an Off Off MHS is disabled Blinking Not active On Good Ethernet link integrity LAN connector ACT Blinks according to the Ethernet traffic LAN connector On TDM service is OK TDM connector On AIS or LOS detected Blinking Loopback is active Description MAC address aging period Line speed and duplex mode negotiation Operation channel frequency Wireless link identification Wireless link password Local public community name Login password of the Link Manager IP address of the ODU Ethernet mode of the ODU Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Default Settings Table 3 2 Default Settings Default Value 300 sec Auto Detect First frequency in the range Link wireless bridge brul admin 10 0 0 120 Hub Menu Path Advanced Management Advanced Default Settings TDM connector Table 3 2 lists the default settings of the Intrepid Series Radio configuration parameters Setting Instructions IDU Aging Time Configuring Ethernet Mode Selecting Channels Defining System Parameters Chapter 2 Defining System Parameters Configuring SNMP Communities Changing the Login Password Defining the Management Addresses Configuring Ethernet Mode
225. nd Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Note Note An installed and configured link can be returned to installation mode for re installation and configuration from last settings or from factory settings e Reversion to installation mode requires a complete break in the link service e Configuration mode may vary the service throughput and quality but without a service break Link Installation Overview Link installation procedure includes the following steps 1 Initiating the link installation wizard 2 Defining system parameters 3 Selecting a channel 4 Defining transmit power and system settings 5 Viewing configuration summary and completing the wizard Initiating the Link Installation Wizard To initiate the link installation wizard 1 Inthe tool bar of the Link manager main window click the Link Installation button The Installation Wizard opens The Link Installation button is only accessible if antennas are properly aligned 2 Click Next to proceed with the installation procedure Link Installation Wizard Welcome to the Link Installation Wizard This wizard is used for performing Link configuration updates After Changes made in Frequency Field the Link will be resynchronized Note that all changes made to the Link should be reflected in Link Quality monitor All the Fields are mandatory Monitor Link Radio Interface Location Location RSS dBm EE e Quality No Sery Ethernet Eth
226. ne to which it belongs and click OK Ring Configuration Link Mode iJ Fach Aing must contain one APL Ring Link non APL w Ring WLAN IDs ij Fean hal af tots are configured salt same Sung VEAN iO Advanced Minimum time for failure detection msec o H Minimum time for recovery sec Al Figure 4 13 Configuring Ring LAN VIDs 4 To configure the link as RPL click Ring Protection Link RPL and enter its Ring VID Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 13 Chapter 4 Configuration 4 14 Installation and Operation Manual Ring Configuration Link Mode LD Fach Aing must contain one AP Ring WLAN IDs i enh iaf al tints are configured mth same aing WEAN iO e C fT Cd Advanced Minimum time for failure detection msec Minimum time for recovery sec Figure 4 14 Configuring RPL VIDs Enter the minimum times for failure detection and recovery For dual homed configurations where part of the ring goes through the core if a core segment fails the core should be allowed to recover before the RPL enters Protection State Otherwise it could happen that both the core and the RAD ring will switch in parallel You should therefore configure a Minimum time for failure detection high enough to take this possibility into account The Minimum time for recovery is a delay switch to prevent rapid on off fluctuations It functions like a delay switch use to protect electrical device
227. nel bandwidth current rate and link status Link TPSF_BTT Link ID EBS 20561334 Services xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 790 Band 5 735 5 840 GHz FCC Channel Bw MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active Site detail pane show basics link site details IP address subnet mask trap destination Site A IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IF Address 197 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Monitor pane is the main source of real time information about link performance at both link sites It includes the following panes top to bottom Radio Interface Received Signal Strength RSS in dBm and transmission ratio Intrepid Ultra Series Radio only Configuration and Management Alternatives Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 3 Operation RSS am OOO 5 Tx Ratio Ethernet Service Etrerret Thrower Mbps Fx Rate 04 00 Tx Aate 00 1 Ba Estimated Ethernet Throughput The numbers are the current calculated throughputs at each site The colored bars with numbers indicate the maximum possible throughput having regard for air conditions Rx and Tx Rates The Rx and Tx rates are the receive and transmit rates on the LAN side of each ODU not the air side For a balanced link the Rx and Tx rates at the LAN side of Site A will match the Tx and Rx rates at the LAN side of Sit
228. nelBW5 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 2 MHz MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer SS 29Yy R O RW RO RO RO RO RW RO RO RO RO RW N A N A RO RO Installation and Operation Manual Description Air Rate availability depending on air interface conditions Required Air Rate index O reserved for Adaptive Rate A change is effective immediately after Set operation to the master side while the link is up Link distance in meters A value of 1 indicates an illegal value and is also used when a link is not established Link working mode as a result of comparing versions of both sides of the link Possible modes are Unknown no link Normal versions on both sides are identical with full compatibility with restricted compatibility or versions on both sides are different with software upgrade or versions incompatibility Major link interface version Minor link interface version Required Hub Site Synchronization operating state Current Hub Site Synchronization operating state Hub Site Synchronization sync status Hub Site Synchronization external pulse detection status In GSS mode if generating then 1PSP is auto generated by the GSS Unit if generatingAndDetecting then 1PSP is generated by GPS satellites signal Hub Site Synch
229. nes cancel the direct wave path signal The amount of the Fresnel zone clearance is determined by the wavelength of the signal the path length and the distance to the obstacle For reliability point to point links are designed to have at least 60 of the first Fresnel zone clear to avoid significant attenuation The concept of the Fresnel zone is shown in Figure C 13 above The top of the obstruction does not extend far into the Fresnel zone leaving 60 of the Fresnel zone clear therefore the signal is not significantly attenuated Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 About the Fresnel Zone C 13 Appendix D Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines This appendix describes how to achieve best protection against electric shock and lightning y 100 protection is neither implied nor possible Warning Note This appendix is at best a guide The actual degree of lightning protection required depends on local conditions and regulations D 1 Protection Elements Lightning protection system consists of the following components e Grounding for the antenna coax cable e Grounding for each IDU and ODU e External primary surge suppressor units and grounding for the outdoor cable e Internal ESD protection circuits over the power telecom lines D 2 Grounding for Antenna Cable A grounding kit must be connected to the coax antenna cable and reliably grounded as shown in Figure D 1 The grounding kit is an Andrew Type 223158 2 ww
230. nit Set IDU aging to 300 seconds ODU set to Hub mode Figure 4 26 e Standard default Configuration for Ethernet Applications with PoE unit ODU set to Bridge mode IDU aging is not applicable e Fast aging mode for rapid network topology changes Set IDU aging to one second ODU set to Hub mode e Hub mode The ODU is set to HUB mode IDU aging is not applicable e Ethernet bridge The ODU is set to Bridge mode The IDU aging is not applicable Setting the Maximum Information Rate 4 28 The maximum Ethernet throughput of the link can be limited The default setting is Best Effort where the highest information rate available for the link conditions and settings is used See Figure 4 26 It does not affect the capacity of TDM services For example If the Link Budget Calculator or air conditions limit the capacity to X Mbps and suppose that you use Y lt X Mbps for TDM services then you are left with X Y Z Mbps for Ethernet Suppose for example that Z 20 Mbps Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration As a service provider you can decide to sell a package based on 10 Mbps and charge P1 for it or 15 Mbps for P2 gt P1 The MIR setting allows you do this The default value is best effort which gives Z above Note The MIR setting is independent per direction The minimum value is 256 Mbps The maximum value will be the minimum b
231. nostic loopbacks on TDM ports e Frequently asked questions e Technical support 5 1 Monitoring Performance GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio constantly monitors traffic over the radio link and collects the following statistics data e Site 1 Site 2 received traffic rate in Mbps e Site 1 Site 2 received frames rate in Mbps e Radio signal strength in dBm e Error blocks The statistics monitor log and event log can be saved as TXT files New alarms are automatically added to the text file as they enter the event log Viewing Performance Reports The Performance Monitor Report displays performance views of each of the interfaces see Figure 5 1 Ethernet performance is not collected in PoE systems Several performance data are collected for each of the interfaces ES SES and UAS as well as Specific data per Interface type e g TX and RX bytes for Ethernet For the Air Interface user defined thresholds data are collected Refer to Table 5 1 and Table 5 2 GE MDS Intrepid Series Radios Ver 2 5 Monitoring Performance 5 1 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual Data is collected and selectively displayed based on three time intervals as selected by the Interval radio buttons e Current t 0 e 15 minutes Intervals e Daily UAS This parameter counts the time the air link was not providing any service There are several possible reasons for this situation one of the sites has a power fa
232. nt the lightning protection at the building entry point 1 Mount the device outside the building located as near as possible to the entrance of the CAT 5e ODU IDU cable Mount the unit so that the cable connectors are at the bottom to prevent water from penetrating with the strain reliefs facing the ground Remove the cover by unscrewing the front of the unit Mount the unit to an outside surface using the two mounting holes Connect the ODU IDU cable using the RJ 45 jack Connect one cable between the IDU and the suppressor using an RJ 45 jack ee a a Connect the suppressor s ground stud to a grounding point Use the appropriate wire gauge and type keeping the wire as short as possible less than 1m 3 between the stud and the site grounding point 7 Replace the cover To ODU ODU IDU Andrew CAT5e cable Grounding Kit Pole Ground Point Surge Arrestor Ground Lug rear To IDU Figure D 6 Surge Suppressor and Grounding at Building Entry Point D 6 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Appendix E MIB Reference Intrepid s MIB is a set of APIs that enables external applications to control equipment The MIB is divided into public and a private API groups e Public RFC 1213 MIB II variables RFC 1214 MIB II System and Interfaces sections e Private Controlled by GE and supplements the public group This appendix describes the public and private MIB u
233. ntained of the number of second intervals during which Tx power exceeds this threshold BBER Threshold The Background Block Error Ratio is measured as a percentage The threshold can be set from 0 1 up to 50 For links with Ethernet only service 8 threshold is recommended If there are no problems during the interval then for that threshold the recommended BBER value should be 0 Since the system provides a lossless Ethernet service there is throughput degradation in case of interference The degradation is proportional to the BBER Ethernet Thresholds Capacity This is used as a basis for checking adherence to a Service Level Agreement It is the number of seconds count that the link capacity falls below the threshold Ethernet Thresholds Traffic The number of seconds count that received traffic exceeded this threshold It can be used to measure traffic peaks Monitoring Performance Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Saving the Monitor Log Tosave the monitor log 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box appears see Figure 5 3 2 Click the Monitor Tab 3 Select the file to save 4 Click the check box to open the file for saving 5 Click the button and in the Select File dialog box indicate in which folder and under what name the alarm log file is to be saved 6 Set the time interval for adding data to the
234. ntext 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 2 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString Integer Integer DisplayString MIB Parameters SSoD0V RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RW Appendix E MIB Reference Description specific interface will have the following value 65535 Unit associated with the alarm ID of the raised trap that was sent when this alarm was raised Timestamp of this alarm This number is in seconds from Midnight January 1st 1970 Alarm display text same as the text in the sent trap This counter indicates the size of the radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsTable This table includes the last events When a trap IS sent an event entry is added to the table Entry containing the details of last traps INDEX radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsindex The index of the table Current Trap severity Interface Index where the event occurred Traps that are not associated with a specific interface will have the following value 65535 Timestamp of this trap This number is in seconds from Midnight January 1st 1970 Trap display text same as the text in the sent trap IDU configuration description IDU Hardware Revision IDU Software Revision In
235. of an installed link 1 From the Tools menu of the Link Manager select Software Upgrade The Software Upgrade Tool dialog box is displayed a 4 On Fu aist CO Amst eect yaa ater neret ug Reie ok deaa afi at iaid dawe aco upped C De ret mrm dras aber expats n competed Dimen 1A 2400 enant m f ho coreetar Riss Mm 25 00 52590 Ae J D0 a Figure 6 1 SWU Main Menu In the Software Upgrade list the SWU main menu shows the default sites belonging to the current link The list may be empty if you are running the Manager offline 2 Click Add Site to add additional sites for upgrade Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 6 1 Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Installation and Operation Manual Clear all ls _ dd Single Site Ey Upgrade Pe Add from File Figure 6 2 Adding Sites to Upgrade 3 Select Add Single Site to add one site only The Add Site for Software Upgrade dialog box is displayed Add Site for Software Upgrade IP Address Figure 6 3 Add Site for Software Upgrade Dialog Box 4 Enter the IP address of the site the community strings default public and netman respectively and then click OK The site appears in the Software Upgrade list box For example if we add the site at IP address 192 168 2 101 the SWU main window looks like this a e ea E d 4 Satoa o uiae Deri lbysiPsiag Sra Contgyatinn One Sotews logot Great F aat hosta Preteen 2500 O dS ted
236. ollowing chart which may also be seen on the ODU product label BUZZER SIGNAL BESTSOFAR EEE INCREASED SAME DECREASED EE E ANTENNA ALIGNMENT Using a Single HSS Unit The wiring as shown in Figure G 5 is self explanatory The synchronization signal path is less self evident If you set ODU 1 on SYNC 1 to HSS Master then the synchronization signal path The signal travels from ODU 1 to SYNC 1 from SYNC 1 to SYNC 2 from SYNC 2 to ODU 2 and back again The back and forth paths repeat for the second to fourth ODU from left to right The signal exits the HSS unit at SYNC 5 and terminates in ODU 5 Figure G 5 HSS Wiring Schematics The choice of the ODU on SYNC 1 as HSS master is not mandatory but is good practice If for example you were to use ODU 3 as HSS master the synchronization signal path would be ODU 3 to SYNC 3 then left and right to SYNC 2 and SYNC 4 It would then propagate to ODUs 2 and 4 terminating at both ODUs 1 and 5 G 4 Hardware Installation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization 00000 Figure G 6 HSS Synchronization Signal Path with ODU 1 as HSS Master Using More than One HSS Unit Several ODUs may be connected in a large collocation site subject to the following two conditions Condition 1 Cabling Sequence 1 Up to nine ODUs can be connected to the first HSS unit using HSS ports SYNC 1 SYNC
237. ollowing procedure is substantially generic to all intrepid radio products What you see on your running Link Manager may differ in some details from the screen captures used to illustrate this appendix Figure H 1 illustrate an MHS setup Figure H 3 shows how to connect the IDUs to the patch panel To user equipment Patch Panel E j O Cc a z e re Pare m ie lt gt lanes MHS Cable oie fiak i BS oo Bo BS Se Si Se Unde Oh ob Ss even o Figure H 3 Connecting IDUs to Patch Panels With GE MDS Intrepid Series links you can protect up to 16 TDM ports To protect more than eight TDM ports use two patch panels at each site e Ethernet services are carried independently by primary and secondary links Each link carries different Ethernet traffic MHS does not protect Ethernet traffic Note i Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installing a Hot Standby Link H 3 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Installation and Operation Manual H 4 Note In what follows it is assumed that e We depart from our usual Site A Site B conventions Sites A and B on the primary link will be Sites 1 2 and 1 4 respectively The corresponding sites on the secondary link will be Sites 2 2 and 2 4 The site names reflect their IP addresses This is a useful convention and is reflected in the screen captures below e The link will be managed from Site 1 2 Site 1 4 may be a remote site e The l
238. om the present 15 minutes period Indicates the integrity of the entry This table defines keeps the counters of the last day in resolution of 15 min intervals This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonintervalldx This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 The current number of Unavailable Seconds per interval Current number of Errored Seconds per interval Current number of Severely Errored Seconds per interval Current number of Background Block Errors per interval Indicates the integrity of the entry per interval This table defines keeps the counters of the last month in resolution of days This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonDayldx This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 24 hours and the oldest is 30 The current number of Unavailable Seconds per interval of 24 hours Current number of Errored Seconds per interval of 24 hours Current number of Severely Errored Seconds per interval of 24 hours E 17 Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID radwllMilOduPerfMonDayBBE radwllMilOduPerfMonDaylintegrity radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrTable radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrEntry radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMinRSL 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 2 radwillMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMaxRSL radwilMilOduPerfMonAirCurrRSLThresh 1 3 6 1 4 1
239. on gaahon 3 Operon Dest Efod Figure 4 26 Advanced Configuration Ethernet Configuration Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Operation 4 27 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Note Notes Selecting the ODU Bridge Mode This parameter controls the ODU mode with two optional values e Hub Mode in Hub mode the ODU transparently forwards the all the packets over the wireless link e Bridge Mode In Bridge mode the ODU performs both learning and aging forwarding only relevant packets over the wireless link The aging time of the ODU Is fixed at 300 seconds Changing these modes requires system reset Intrepid Series Radio 100 Mbps ODUs work in Hub mode only The bridge capability is built into the IDU E it is not configurable If an IDU E is connected to an Intrepid Series Radio 100 Mbps then the IDU E performs the bridging Defining the IDU Aging Time This parameter controls the IDU aging time The IDU has a 2047 MAC address learning table The aging time parameter controls the time each MAC address is dropped from the table Default value is 300 seconds Any change to these parameters is effective immediately Each side of the link can be configured separately with different aging times The following list details common configurations both sides are must be configured with the same parameter e Standard default Configuration for Ethernet Applications with the IDU u
240. on and Operation Manual To acquire a new password 1 Click the Forgotten Link Password button Link Password Recovery dialog box is displayed Alternative Link Password Alternative Link Password The Alternative Link Password is supplied with the product It may also be obtained via Customer Support Please have the unit s Serial Number andfor Mac Address ready when requesting an Alternative Link Password Enter the Alternative Link Password gt C e Figure 2 31 Link Password Recovery Dialog Box 2 Follow the instructions to use the Alternative Link Password and click OK to finish The Change Link Password dialog box is displayed Enter a new password Retype the new password in the Confirm field Confirm the link password change Ow So g pa Click OK to complete the procedure Note Restoring Factory Defaults returns the Link Password to wireless bridge If the link is inactive then the link password may also be changed from the Site Configuration dialogs Selecting Channels Intrepid Series Radio features an Automatic Channel Selection ACS In the event of sync loss ACS chooses the first available channel in a list of monitored channels A channel switch takes place sufficiently fast as to ensure no loss of service 2 32 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installat
241. on cannot be performed and no services are available A new link password may be obtained from RAD You can also acquire an alternative password as explained below 2 Click Next to continue Intrepid Series Radio starts evaluating the link at a default rate of 6 5 Mbps Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard System Fill in the attribute fields below Link ID Link Name Link Site1 Location Site2 Location ni Link Password seceeseesooooss Monitor Link z Radio Interface Location Location RSS dBm EE Je Quality No Sery Ethernet Ethernet TDM No Sery Ethernet Ethernet TDM Figure 2 29 Link Installation Wizard System Dialog Box To change the link password 1 Click the Change button in the System dialog box The Change Link Password dialog box opens 2 Enter the current link password The default link password for a new ODU is wireless bridge Select the Hide characters check box for maximum security 3 Enter a new password 4 Confirm the new password Change Link Password Enter current Link Password pO pO Hide characters Figure 2 30 Change Link Password Dialog Box Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 31 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installati
242. on of the events and instructions on how to use the event log see Handling Events below Statistic Counters The air and service interface performance data is continuously collected during equipment operation The collected data enables the system administrator to monitor the transmission performance and thus the quality of service provided to users for statistical purposes For detailed description of the statistic counter see Monitoring Performance above Link Compatibility Information 5 6 GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio indicates the version compatibility via software traps As new hardware is added to existing networks compatibility issues may arise An incompatibility issue is indicated to the user via a change of color of the Link Status box on the Main Menu screen Trap messages in the Event Log indicate the problems or limitations and suggest upgrades when appropriate The following Link Status messages are given fullCompatibility different software versions that are fully compatible Message indicates that upgrade is available restrictedCompatibility different software versions that operate correctly However new features are not supported Detecting Problems Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Link State fullCompatibility softwareUpgradeRequired different software versions with limited operation The link will operate as Ethernet only a
243. onfiguration Dialog with Opened Type Selection 2 Choose the antenna type and required transmission Tx power for the first site and click OK Repeat the process for the second site The Tx power per radio indicates the power of each radio inside the ODU and is used for Link Budget Calculations The Tx power System shows the total transmission power of the ODU and is used to calculate the EIRP according to regulations Note To see the relationship between Tx Power radio and TX Power system note that Bm 10xl lli Watt dBm x log gnili Wa so that if you double the power in milliWatts for two 10x1 z radios then dBm will increase by A a l 3 Set the Antenna Gain and Cable Loss If do this you will receive a warning message Tx Power and Antenna configuration A i You are about to change the Following parameters 4ntenna Gain or Cable Loss this may affect other parameters Tx Power EIRP and Max EIRP Do you want to proceed with the operation Figure 2 36 Antenna Parameters Change Warning 2 38 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Note e The Max EIRP level will be automatically set according to the selected band and regulation e The EIRP level is the sum of the System Tx power and the Antenna Gain minus the Cable Loss If inequality above is violated then the following warning window
244. onfiguration mode described in Chapter 4 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 53 IDU ODU HSS Oo SVC AIR I F IDU ODU HSS SVC AIR I F STBY Chapter 3 Operation This section provides the following information for Intrepid Series Radio e Operating procedures turning on and turning off e DU indicators e Normal indications e Default settings e Managing the Intrepid Series Radio 3 1 Turning On the Unit To turn on Intrepid Series Radio e Connect the AC DC converter to the IDU power connector and to the mains See Chapter 2 for full instructions on connecting the power The PWR indicator lights up IDU only and remains lit as long as the IDU is receiving power Intrepid Series Radio requires no operator attention once installed with the exception of occasional monitoring of front panel indicators and statistics data Intervention is only required when Intrepid Series Radio must be configured to Its operational requirements or diagnostic tests are performed The front panel of the IDU S and IDU C includes a series of LED indicators that show the operating status of the unit Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 show the IDU front panel Table 3 1 describes the front panel indicators m LAN IDUE 1 S ODU PRIMARY SECONDARY W a T me Eim 2 3
245. onfigure The Site Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click Advanced gt Ethernet 3 Inthe Ethernet Ports Configuration pane use the drop down menu to select the LAN configuration 4 Click Apply to save the changes Note It is possible to close the Ethernet service by disconnecting the Ethernet port Disable option in LAN port mode configuration The user should be aware that it is possible to close the port and not have any access to the device If this should occur the workaround is as follows e Connect the system from the remote site e Connect via other Ethernet port IDU E e Power down the equipment and connect immediately after the power up the fastest way is to enter install mode Configuring the Bridge ODU bridge configuration is required in various network topologies such as protection 1 1 and ring application The bridge configuration parameters are located under the Advanced tab of the Configuration dialog box Figure 4 26 Site Configuration A ee zig gt e Recker Retreat Buzzer OF Ingtalsinn Mere System Arab rinse ae bitetace ain T Tx Power amp nt ODU Mode Hub t 22 Hh Ste Sync B Management Te j gt z Inventory Faial Puts LOGOA DON q Jeturiy l nD E Date amp Time i Mhea Fi IDU Agng Tere rec EK Advanced LANT 00Mbos Ful upien Auto Detect w No Action Ethermet Lan Za TOM Sermces Disconnected Auto Detect No Action A External Alarma VLAN C
246. onized 236 normal Indicates that the GPS is synchronized with satellites The Link Manager application issues traps to indicate various events These traps are shown in the Link Manager Events Log E 38 MIB Traps Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Appendix F Preloading IP Address and Changing Default Band This appendix explains how to preload a static IP address to an ODU and change its factory default band in the field F 1 Preloading an ODU with an IP Address All ODUs supplied by GE come pre configured with an IP address of 10 0 0 120 For use in a network the ODUs must be configured with suitable static IP addresses The method for doing this under office conditions is explained in Chapter 4 There are two situations under which ODUs may need to be preloaded with an IP address prior to installation to a link e Changing an individual ODU in the field e Preparing a large number of ODUs in a warehouse prior to deployment in the field according to a network installation plan The minimal equipment required to pre load an ODU with an IP address is e Laptop computer managing computer e Aninstalled copy of the Airmux Manager e A PoE device e Acrossed Ethernet LAN cable e AnIDU ODU cable e If you have connectorized ODUs two N type RF terminators To preload an ODU with an IP address 1 Using the IDU ODU cable connect the PoE device to the ODU ensuring that the cable is plugged into the PoE port marked P L
247. ox Configuring an HSS Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization H 2 Configuring a Site For units that support HSS the Hub Site Sync option appears in the Air Interface section and displays the current HSS of the unit Configure the unit from the Link Configuration Wizard according to the procedure described above Site Configuration E Syttem Senchesne ation Sta W r intertace Status Operatori pauls Syne Cart Ceeatthe Tx ty Managernrvent Srichroniation etro jpa Externd Pubes iat ont on tz Inverta R Secunty Covque pesto Slave Date amp Time O Advanced Ope ston Stas a Ethemet Aado France Paten AFP Status re TDM Serice LE Extemal Alarms REP TON E Fa 3 Uperatons Figure H 14 Site Configuration Hub Site Sync Dialog Box The following figure is displayed when the hardware does not support HSS These units may be used as independent remote units n Site Configuration A File Actions Help Refresh System Air Interface Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory R Security Date amp Time e Advanced Ethernet TDM Services iY External Alarms Feature Not Supported 2 Operations Figure H 15 HSS Not Supported Message Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Configuring a Site H 13 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Intrepid s hot standby link is a duplicated link set up as a
248. peration radwilMilGeneralEcChangesCounter 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 4 Integer RO This counter is initialized to O after a device reset and Is incremented upon each element constant write operation via SNMP or Telnet radwllMilGeneralTelnetSupport 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 5 Integer RW Enable disable Telnet protocol E 4 MIB Traps Each ODU can be configured with up to 10 different trap destinations When the link is operational each ODU sends traps originating from both Site A and Site B The source IP address of the trap is the sending ODU The trap originator can be identified by the trap Community string or by the trap description text Each trap contains a trap description and additional relevant information such as alarm severity interface index time stamp and additional parameters See Table E 3 for additional information Table E 3 MIB Traps Name ID Severity Description trunkStateChanged 1 normal Indicates a change in the state of one of the TDM trunks Raised by both sides of the link Contains 3 parameters 1 Description TDM Interface n x 2 n Is the trunk number 3 x Is the alarm type and can be one of the following Normal AIS LOS Loopback linkUp 2 normal Indicates that the radio link is up Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Radio Link Sync on channel n GHz n Is the channel frequency in GHz linkDown 3 critical Indicates that the radio link is down Contains a
249. pment failure and loss of air interface by simple connectivity between a primary link and a secondary link e Able to use a different band for maximum protection to the air interface The main features of the MHS are e Fully automatic switchover from the primary to the secondary link in less than than 50 ms e Automatic restoration to primary link as soon as it becomes available MHS supports TDM services Ethernet services are carried by both links independently Hub Site Synchronization When several Intrepid Series units are collocated at a common hub site interference may occur from one unit to another The ODU units are supplied with special hardware for the collocation of up to eight units Using a method called Hub Site Synchronization HSS an external cable is connected to all collocated Intrepid Series units this cable carries pulses sent to each ODU which synchronize their transmission with each other Diversity Intrepid Series links using dual bipolar antennas may be configured to transmit the same data through both radios This feature provides added data transmission inegrity under harsh conditions Overview Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Management A single SNMP based network management application Airmux Manager is used to control multiple Intrepid Series radions as a unified network VLAN management allows the separation of user traffic from N
250. ports grayed out Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Switching Logic H 11 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Installation and Operation Manual 4 2i 2 Site 2 4 Gat Olagnostes Char Counters Wk RE Setup 2 Servees 2xEl Ethernet Frequency 24 5 490 Chanewi TW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Rebus Urb Acte IP Sddress 10 105 22 Sret Haik F38 255 295 0 Estimated Time Beqwean Errors Trap Oestinaierce 10 105 221 Error Biocks El Forts IP Adgress 10 105 2 4 Subret Mask 285 235 295 0 Trap Oetinatiers 10 1052 11 Date amp Time Message W208 1039 21 AM TDM Semice has Deer dised The resona Sy Lost y2a0 2009 1043 52 AM TDM Sere het been dosed The reason amp Smic Loit 720 2009 12 40 58 AM The tire wan set to MON MAA 30 09 4058 2009 3720 2009 1040 05 AM Traremitting on chewed 5 270 Gt 3 30 2008 10 37 35 AM Traremitting an channel 5 280 Ger 3750 2009 10 38 26 AM o Trarerritting on channel 5 280 Gr IP Address 10 105 2 2 Aabtux 200 Figure H 11 Secondary Link Operating after the Switchover to Secondary Note After a few moments the TDM icons in Figure H 11 become green Switching back from the Secondary to the Primary Link Switching back from the secondary link to the primary link will occur after the primary link has become and remains fully functional for a continuous period of at least one second Following reversion from the secondary link to the primary link the Manager main windows shoul
251. possible If you do not following the next reset of the updated site you will experience a link software mismatch which may affect service 11 When the upgrade is finished click Close to exit the software upgrade utility If you requested a delayed upgrade a notice like this will appear in the SWU title bar achediwuted far BIO 772010 3 45 PM Note All GSUs in a distributed site can be updated simultaneously Use an IP list as described above 6 4 GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Appendix A Connection Data A 1 ODU IDU Cable The ODU IDU cable is standard CAT 5 four twisted pair 24 AWG FTP terminated with RJ 45 connectors on both ends It is covered by a cable gland on the ODU side for hermetic sealing Table A 1 shows the connector pinout Table A 1 ODU IDU Cable Connector Pinout 1 twisted White Green Ethernet RxN 1 2 pair Ethernet RxT 2 3 twisted White Orange Ethernet TxT 3 a por Ethernet TxN 6 4 twisted Blue Power 4 z weed mieten 7 Brown Brown White Orange Biue ite Blue Orange White Green Green White 8 A Figure A 1 RJ 45 Wiring for IDU ODU Cable GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 ODU IDU Cable A 1 Appendix A Connection Data A 2 LAN Port Installation and Operation Manual The LAN 10 100BaseT interface terminates in an 8 pin RJ 45 connector wired in accordance with Table A 2 Table A 2 Fast Ethernet Connector Pinout Pin Signal 1 TD 2 TD 3 RD
252. primary link and a secondary link in hot standby mode as shown in figure below Site A 1 2 Site B 1 4 Primary O user To use equipment equipment Figure H 1 Hot Standby Link MHS provides redundancy and backup to TDM services It is designed to provide high reliability high capacity Point to Point links The MHS is e Designed to provide redundancy and high reliability for carrier class operators e Optimized for high capacity links operating in license free bands e Acomprehensive solution providing protection against equipment failure and loss of air interface by simple connectivity between a primary link and a secondary link The main service redundancy features of the MHS are e TDM service cut over from the primary to the secondary link is completely automatic e TDM service cut over time no more than 50 ms e Automatic restore to primary link as soon as it becomes available e Support for up to sixteen TDM channels For Intrepid Ultra and eight TDM channels for Intrepid Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Hot Standby Package Contents H 1 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Installation and Operation Manual Equipment Protection Equipment protection is provided for the electrically active network elements ODU and IDU The primary IDU and the secondary IDU are connected by a cable to monitor failure and to control protection switching Switching time is less than 50 ms When connecting two Intrepid links as 1
253. pulse ODU is independent HSM but other HSM present GE MDS Intrepid ODU is HSM but detects an older Indrepid radio HSM signal that is not RFP E HSC but no HSM present HSC but HSM pulse doesn t fit the HSC as configured Occurs only for GE MDS Intrepid which stops transmitting To configure the operational states of the hub site unit 1 Click the Enabled check box 2 Click the Configure button The Hub Site Configuration dialog box with the current status of the ODUs is displayed 3 Select the type of unit configuration from the drop down list 4 Select the appropriate RFP radio button Some RFP options may be disabled depending on the BW previously selected Take care to avoid incorrect configuration of bandwidth RFP or to set multiple Hub Sync Masters as system interference can occur Link Manager gives error messages and tool tips if the system is configured with mismatches Hub Site Configuration Operational States These settings will apply to both sites oye Hub Sync Master Independent Unit Hub Sync Master p Hub Syne Client Continue Tx b Syne Client Disable Tx annel Bandwidth MH 20 RFP TOM Eth TOM Oa Best Best Fit i Aadio Frame Patten selection depends on the Channel BW and Service Cancel Status B Operation Hub Sync Master Independent Unit Synchronization Nia Nid External Pulses Generating Not Detected Figure H 13 Hub Site Configuration Dialog B
254. r Integer SSoD0V RW RW RW RW RO N A N A RO RO RO RO Installation and Operation Manual Description Time_T and Alarm Id from the radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTable will be bind to the end of each private trap This parameter is reserved to the element manager provided with the product IP address of the server from which the current time is loaded Offset from Coordinated Universal Time minutes Possible values 1440 1440 This parameter specifies the real time and date Format YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Hexadecimal A date time specification field octets contents range 1 1 2 year 0 65536 2 3 month 1 12 3 4 day 1 31 4 5 hour 0 23 5 6 minutes 0 59 6 7 seconds 0 60 use 60 for leap second 7 8 deci seconds 0 9 For example Tuesday May 26 1992 at 1 30 15 PM EDT would be displayed as 07 c8 05 1a Od 1e Of 00 1992 5 26 13 30 15 This counter is initialized to O after a device reset and is incremented upon each change in the radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTable either an addition or removal of an entry This table includes the currently active alarms When a RAISED trap is sent an alarm entry is added to the table When a CLEAR trap is sent the entry is removed Entry containing the details of a currently RAISED trap INDEX radwillMilOduAgnCurrAlarmCounter A running counter of active alarms The counter is incremented for every new RAISED trap It is cleared a
255. r Blocks IP Adiw 192 168 2105 ey Sibret Mmi 355 795 735 0 Trap Destination 6 0 0 0 Everts Log fester Orte amp Terre Message pooo 2032005 15 400 Cannot bnd to trap wmvico pot Port 1 nady r vena opoona WOSM 168609 GQrreactod to Location IP Address 92 168 2 102 Figure l 4 Both Sites Activated and Awaiting Configuration 2 Configuring FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link The configuration procedure can be carried out from either site using the configuration wizard as described in Chapter 4 Note Both sites in a FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link must be configured identically The only difference is in the Channel Settings window which does not allow disabling the ACS 4 Configuring FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix FCC IC DFS Installation Procedure Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings 4n changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz S Sin Channel Bandwidth MHz Automatic Channel Selection 4yailable Channels List GHz 6 495 5 500 6 515 5 530 5 545 5 SED 5450 5 505 5 AL K535 5 550 5B 5 495 5 510 5 525 5 540 FAA 5 570 ii Reseleck Channel Select All Clear All Monitor Link 2 Radio Interface RSS der Figure l 5 Channel Settings Dialog Box ACS is Permanently Enabled Upon completion of the wizard the Site configuration dialogs can be used in the usual wa
256. r surge protection The system wiring is installed with RJ 45 type connectors that can feed directly into the chassis without having to cut splice or route through awkward strain relief holes Figure D 5 Surge Suppressor To mount the lightning protection devices 1 Mount the device as close to the ODU as possible Mount the unit so that the cable connectors are at the bottom to prevent water from penetrating with the strain reliefs facing the ground Remove the cover by unscrewing the front of the unit Mount the unit to an outside surface using the two mounting holes Connect the ODU IDU cable using the RJ 45 jack Connect one cable between the ODU and the suppressor using an RJ 45 jack oY amp NY PF Connect the suppressor s ground stud to a grounding point Use the appropriate wire gauge and type keeping the wire as short as possible less than 1m 3 feet between the stud and the site grounding point 7 Replace the cover There may also be regulatory requirements to cross bond the ODU IDU CAT 5e cable at regular intervals up the mast This may be as frequent as every 10 meters 33 feet A second Surge Arrestor Unit should be mounted at the building entry point and must be grounded as shown in Figure D 3 above GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding D 5 Appendix D Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Installation and Operation Manual To mou
257. r calculated field also updates the calculated results Expected RSS Fade Margin 68 dBm 15 dB hin 0 2 Kml 0 1 Miles Range Max 109 4 Kin J 68 Miles Requirediclimate 3z Em Coordinates Good C 0 25 Ww Ethernet Only Type Services m 99 9092 availability downtime 477 minfyear Ethernet Throughput 21 2 bis 11 6 Mbls Full Duplex 40 Meter 131 Feet Installation Antenna heightfor LOS 13 Meter 43 Feet 0 6 Ferneli 2r Meter 89 Feet Boresight clearance Figure C 12 Calculation Results The Expected Performance parameters are calculated and displayed Expected RSS the expected RSS that the Manager shows when the Intrepid Series Radio ODUs are optimally aligned Services Type max number of T1 or E1 trunks if Max Trunks is selected Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Using the Link Budget Calculator C 11 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Installation and Operation Manual Ethernet Rate maximum throughput available for the chosen parameter combination Antenna height for LOS the minimum antenna height required for line of sight operation It is the sum of the height required for boresight clearance due to the Earth s curvature plus the height required to clear the Fresnel zone If the expected performance is not suitable for your application try different parameters and repeat the calculation C 3 About the Fresnel Zone The Fresnel zone is an elliptically shaped conical zone of electrom
258. r support after validation of the device MAC address The user may change the link password of both sides of the link at any time using the Link Configuration Wizard To enter the key password 1 From the Configuration dialog box select the Security tab 2 Click Change next to the Link Password field box The Change Link Password dialog box appears 3 Click the Forgot Link Password button The Key Link Password dialog box appears 4 Type the key link password A new link password may now be set Setting the Date and Time The ODU maintains a date and time value The date and time value can be synchronized with any Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 compatible server Windows XP is configured by default as a server On power up the ODU configures the initial date and time using an NTP server If the server IP is not configured or is not reachable a default time is set Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Performing Additional Tasks 4 41 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual When configuring the NTP server IP you should also configure the offset from the Universal Coordinated Time UTC If there is no server available you can either set the date and time or you can set the manager workstation time Note that manual setting is not recommended since reset power up or synchronization with an NTP server will override the setting Note e The NTP uses UDP port 123 If a firewall is configured between the O
259. r with read only permission click the Read Only Mode check box Intrepid Series Radio is protected with Community passwords A user may be defined with read only permission or with read write permission see Chapter 4 for more details Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup IP Address Password User Type Operator Community Read Only Pro Read Write PETET EC Figure 2 11 Login Screen with Community Options Visible Login Errors This section describes problems that may occur during login Unsupported Device Attempting to connect to an unsupported device on an otherwise valid IP address for example a LAN printer results in the following error message Device unreachable o Unsupported device Please check the IP Address was entered correctly Figure 2 12 Unsupported Device Message Incorrect IP Address If the IP address chosen is invalid or the link is unreachable the following error message is displayed Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 17 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Device unreachable Please check IF Address was entered correctly Ping connection to the device Read Only Community string setting in the login dialog Forgotten community string can be retr
260. radio link results in a loss of connectivity between two units The Backup and Restore buttons are for saving and restoring the configuration files Configuring VLAN Management VLAN management enables the separation of user traffic from NMS traffic The user decides if such a separation is required Both sites are configured with VLAN management Note VLAN IDs are used by RAD products in three separate contexts Management VLAN Traffic VLAN and Ethernet ring It is recommended that you use different VLAN IDs for each context To enable VLAN management 1 2 5 4 5 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Click Configuration from the main menu Select the site to configure Select Management Open the VLAN tab Check the Enabled box Configuring for Management Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 6 Entera VLAN ID After entering the VLAN ID only packets with the specified VLAN ID are processed by the ODU This includes all the protocols supported by the ODU ICMP SNMP Telnet and NTP The VLAN priority is used for the traffic sent from the ODU to the management workstation VLAN management affects all types of management connections local network and over the air 7 Enter a Priority number 8 Click lt OK gt to save the settings Site Configuration A Fle Atoe Help bed Bo s R a A Backup Restore Aette h Bucze ot inctaiketon Mode ES Synen Management 5 Ajr Intecl
261. reconnect the Hot Standby Patch panel to the external equipment From this point on we will simply refer to primary and secondary link no capitalized names At the end of the process the Link Manager main windows should look like this Urk DD Setup_t Servces 2xl1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 250 Chane Ow Ph 20 Rate Mpa Adative Status Lirk active IP Address 10 105 1 2 Subnet Mask 255 255 295 0 TOM Semace Praenary Link Active Trap Cettitveters 10 005 11 Esti Time Be El Ports IP Address 10 106 1 4 Subret Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Oestinatere 10 105 t t Eventa Log Number Date amp Time Message 000002 330 2099 10 27 AM Compstitte D cetected 330 2009 10 27 46 AM 2 out of 2 requested TOM Trunks have been opened 3 30 2009 10 27 46 AM TOM Serwice Alam The reason Line state am 3 20 2099 10 31 37 AM Compatible Dti detected IP Address 10 106 1 2 fatun 200 Figure H 6 The Primary Link under Normal Operation H 6 Installing a Hot Standby Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link A Site 2 2 Sm 24 Locator Uk 3D Setup_2 Seares 2x8 1 Ethernet Frequency Giz 5 400 Chanel fw PH 20 Rete Mops Adaptive Statue Link Activa Rss Bm IP Addtess 10 105 22 3 LLIS g Ir Estimatad Tine Between Trap Destinations 10105221 ispa a s IP Adta 10 105 24 Subret Mack 255 255 255 0 Trap estnabos
262. rect connection 192 168 2101 A 1 9 30_b1825 4 ERE Remove grid J Configure Communities Figure 6 5 Software Upgrade Site Options 8 To back up your existing system check Backup device software Then click the button for a standard file dialog The default location is the My Documents directory on the managing computer Note The backup provides a fallback software version if the upgrade proves problematic 9 Check Perform reset to each device after successful upgrade to determine the sites that will be reset immediately after the upgrade A reset involves a service interruption but the software upgrade does not become effective until after the reset is carried out 10 Click Start Upgrade to commence the process The upgrade begins The Stop Upgrade button becomes available It can be used to interrupt the process GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 6 3 Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Installation and Operation Manual Suara Lipa ace Unk Narre IP Avdkebexx Sin Mame Cusvert Fistearn Progress 3 IPSE at Soltwace U pg ode ii AD Oret commection 12 1687100 2300_b235 Jun 222000 FD Uploading coltrane YA Ascormecion 1321681102 2300_b2325 Jun 222003 E T theming settee Figure 6 6 SWU Main Menu Upgrade In Progress Caution f one or both sites fail to update a warning notice is displayed If one site of a link updates but the other fails you must correct the problem and update the second site as soon as
263. repair No equipment will be accepted for repair without an SRO number SRO numbers are issued online at www gemds com support product sro Your number will be issued immediately after the required information is entered Please be sure to have the model number s serial number s detailed reason for return ship to address bill to address and contact name phone number and fax number available when requesting an SRO number A purchase order number or pre payment will be required for any units that are out of warranty or for product conversion If you prefer you may contact our Product Services department to obtain an SRO number Phone Number 585 241 5540 Fax Number 585 242 8400 E mail Address productservices gemds com The equipment must be properly packed for return to the factory The original shipping container and pack aging materials should be used whenever possible All factory returns should be addressed to GE MDS LLC Product Services Department SRO No XXXX 175 Science Parkway Rochester NY 14620 USA When repairs have been completed the equipment will be returned to you by the same shipping method used to send it to the factory Please specify if you wish to make different shipping arrangements To inquire about an in process repair you may contact our Product Services Group using the telephone Fax or e mail information given above MDS GE MDS LLC 175 Science Parkway Rochester NY 14620 G
264. repid and depending on regulation 4 Click Next Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes bo the Channel Field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz c 780 yt Channel Bandwidth MHz Automatic Channel Selection Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 4 4 Channel Select Dialog Box Manual Channel Selection 4 4 Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Configuring the Transmit Power and Antenna Settings You can configure the transmit power and antenna parameters for the local and remote sites Configuration procedure is the same as during the link installation process see Configuring Transmit Power and Antenna Settings in Chapter 2 Caution Changing antenna type causes a service break The service can be restored only by installing the link again To configure the transmit power and antenna settings 1 From the Tx Power and Antenna Parameters dialog box click Configure to change Tx power or antenna settings for site A or site B Site A or site B dialog box is displayed 2 Change Antenna Type Required Tx Power Antenna Gain or Cable Loss for the site as explained in the link installation procedure in Chapter 2 3 Click Next Link Configuration Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill the Tx Power and Antenna Fields of local and remote sites Antenna Type Antenna G
265. reshExceed radwilMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalActive Seconds radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayTable radwillMilOduPerfMonEthDayEntry radwillMilOduPerfMonEthDayldx radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayRxMBytes radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayTxMBytes radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayEthCapaci tyThreshUnder radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayHighTraffi cThreshExceed radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayActiveSec onds radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmCurrTable radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmCurrEntry E 20 MIB Parameters Type Gauge SSOD0V RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A Installation and Operation Manual Description threshold in the present 15 minutes period The number of seconds in which RPL Ethernet swervice was not blocked in the present 15 minutes period This table defines keeps the ethernet counters of the last day in resolution of 15 min intervals This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalldx This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 Current RX Mega Bytes per interval Current Transmit Mega Bytes per interval The number of times throughput was below threshold in the each interval The number of times actual traffic was above threshold in the each interval The number of seconds in which RPL Ethernet service was not blocked in the each interval This table de
266. rocedures for grounding the outdoor unit mast lead in wire and discharge unit It also lays down the size of grounding conductors and connection requirements for grounding electrodes The Intrepid Series Radio ODU must be grounded to a protective earth as described in Appendix D and in accordance with the local electrical regulations The earth lug on the IDUE should be connected to the protective earth at all times by a wire with a diameter of 18 AWG or wider Rack mounted equipment should be mounted only in earthed racks and cabinets Always make the ground connection first and disconnect it last Never connect telecommunication cables to ungrounded equipment Ensure that all other cables are disconnected before disconnecting the ground More detailed grounding guidelines are supplied in Appendix D Safety Practices GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Protection against Lightning The use of lightning protection is dependent on regulatory and end user requirements All outdoor units are designed with surge limiting circuits to minimize the risk of damage due to lightning strikes GE MDS recommends the use of additional surge arrestor devices to protect the equipment from nearby lightning strikes See Appendix D for detailed installation instructions of lightning protection devices e tis recommended that installation of the outdoor unit be contracted to a pro
267. ronization external pulse type Hub Site Synchronization required external pulse type Valid values for read write typeA 2 typeB 3 typeC 4 typeD 5 typeE 6 Valid value for read only notApplicable 1 ODU Radio Frame Patterns RFP Table ODU RFP Table entry INDEX radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpindex ODU RFP Table index The index represent the Radio Frame Pattern typeA 2 typeB 3 typeC 4 typeD 5 typeE 6 Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service under Channel BW of 5MHz inthe specific Radio Frame Pattern Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Name OID radwilIMilOduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 3 SMHZz radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 4 OMHz radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 5 1OMHz radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 6 OMHz radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 7 2OMHz radwillMilOduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW4 OMHz radwllMilOduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW 4OMHz radwlIMilOduAirHssRfpStr 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 8 radwlIMilOduAirHSSHsmID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 9 radwllMilOduAirHssTime 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 10 0 radwlIMilOduAirHssLatitude 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 11 0 radwllMilOduAirHssNSIndicator 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 12 0 radwillMilOduAirHssLongitude 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 13 0 r
268. rrUAS radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrES radwillMilOduPerfMonCurrSES radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrBBE radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrlntegrity radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalTable radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalEntry radwillMilOduPerfMontIntervalldx radwilMilOduPerfMonIntervalUAS radwilMilOduPerfMontIntervalES radwilMilOduPerfMonIntervalSES radwilMilOduPerfMonIntervalBBE radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervallntegrity radwillMilOduPerfMonDayTable radwllMilOduPerfMonDayeEntry radwllMilOduPerfMonDayldx radwllMilOduPerfMonDayUAS radwillMilOduPerfMonDayES radwllMilOduPerfMonDaySES OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 5 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Type Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Integer MIB Parameters SSOD0V N A RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO RO RO N A N A RO RO RO RO Appendix E MIB Reference Description current 15 min interval This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex The current number of Unavailable Seconds starting from the present 15 minutes period Current number of Errored Seconds starting from the present 15 minutes period Current number of Severely Errored Seconds starting from the present 15 minutes period Current number of Background Block Errors starting fr
269. rt radwillMilOduBuzzerAdminState radwllMilOduProductid radwllMilOduReadCommunity radwllMilOduReadWriteCommunity radwllMilOduTrapCommunity radwllMilOduAdmSnmpAgentVersion radwilMilOduAdmRemoteSiteName radwllMiliOduAdmSnmpAgentMinorVer sion radwilMilOduAdmLinkPassword radwillMilOduAdmSiteLinkPassword radwillMilOduAdmDefaultPassword E 6 OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 12 1 2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 12 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 13 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 14 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 15 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 16 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 17 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 18 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 19 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 20 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 21 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 22 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 23 MIB Parameters Type lpAddress Integer Integer DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString DisplayString Integer DisplayString Integer DisplayString DisplayString Integer SS 29Yy R O RW RW RW RO RW RW RW RO RO RO RW RW RO Installation and Operation Manual Description Trap destinations table index Trap destination IP address A change is effective immediately UDP port of the trap destination A change is effective immediately This parameter controls the activation of the buzzer while the unit is in install mode A change is effective immediately The valid values are
270. s Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Inthe Configuration dialog box click the Buzzer button The button toggles between on and off or Select Auto to have the buzzer beep only in install mode The buzzer starts Setting External Alarm Inputs The IDU has two external alarm inputs and two external alarm outputs in the form of dry contact relays The Alarm port is located on the front panel of the IDU E or on the rear panel of IDU and is a 25 pin D type female connector see Appendix A for the pinout The user enables or disables each of the alarms and can configure the text that appears in the alarm trap The ODU sends the alarm within less than a second from actual alarm trigger To set the external alarm inputs 1 Open the Site Configuration Alarms configuration by clicking Configuration gt Advanced gt External Alarms Site Configuration A File Actions Help bi ki i Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode System External Alarms i External Alarm Inputs Air Interface Tx Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync B Management 57 EEEE an Input3 Clear Disabled v Alarm Description inputi Clear Disabled v Alarm Description Input2 Clear Disabled v Alarm Description A Security Input4 Clear Disabled v Alarm D escription Date amp Time 0 Advanced Eth
271. s from rapid on off power fluctuations which in this context may lead to potential short term loops Click OK to accept your settings The RPL will be clearly indicated in the Link Manager In the Link status area on the top left you will see an Ethernet Blocked notice J Link TPSF_BTT 2 Link ID EBG_ 2056 Services 7 i ethernet Boek Frequency GH2 gt Band 5 730 5 845 GHz FCC IC Channel BY MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active A Link Idle message is displayed on the Ethernet Services bar Ethernet Se vice Ring Protection Link Idle Estimated Throughput Mbps When the RPL cuts in as a result of a failure the Ethernet Blocked notice disappears The Ethernet Services bar indicated that the RPL is active Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration a O O Ethernet Service Ring Protection Link Active Estimated Throughpu Upon restoration of the broken link the RPL returns to idle status with the appropriate indications on the Link Manager main window On the status bar for all ring member links you will see the ring membership indicator Icon Note e Do not configure more than one RPL If you do you will break the Ring e Ifyou forget to configure one RPL in a ring you will introduce a loop into your network Configuring the Services Intrepid Series Radio supports Ethernet and T
272. s in red although is operational H 3 Maintaining a Hot Standby Link IDU Replacement There are two situations which must be treated differently Situation 1 To replace either of the IDUs at Site 1 4 or the secondary IDU at Site 1 2 nothing special is required Simply disconnect the IDU to be replaced and replace it with a new one Replacing a secondary link IDU obviously has no effect on the TDM service Disconnecting the Site 1 4 primary IDU activates Hot Standby After the Site 1 4 primary IDU is replaced the Link will detect the change and switch back to the primary link If you replaced the Site 1 2 secondary IDU remember to reconnect the MHS cable Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Maintaining a Hot Standby Link H 9 Appendix H Installing a Hot Standby Link Installation and Operation Manual Situation 2 Replacing the Site 1 2 primary IDU is different and requires several steps To replace the Site 1 2 primary link IDU 1 1 Power off the Site 1 2 primary IDU This activates the secondary link using Hot Standby 2 Run the Configuration manager on the secondary link and in the Hot Standby panel of Figure H 5 above check the Disabled button 3 Replace the Site 1 2 primary IDU without connecting it to the ODU to prevent transmission by the primary link with the undefined IDU 4 Reconnect the MHS cable between the IDUs at Site 1 2 5 Again run the configuration wizard on the secondary lin
273. s indexed per Day number Each Day is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 Current Min Received Level Reference per Day Current Max Received Level Reference per Day Number of seconds Receive Signal Level exceeded the RSL1 threshold per Day Number of seconds Receive Signal Level exceeded the RSL2 threshold per Day Current Min Transmit Signal Level per Day Current Max Transmit Signal Level per Day Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level exceeded the TSL1 threshold per Day Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio exceeded the BBER1 threshold per Day This table defines keeps the ethernet counters of the current 15 min interval This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex Current RX Mega Bytes starting from the present 15 minutes period Current Transmit Mega Bytes starting from the present 15 minutes period The number of times throughput was below threshold in the present 15 minutes period The number of times actual traffic was above E 19 Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID cThreshExceed radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrActiveSec 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 5 onds radwillMilOduPerfMonEthIintervalTable radwillMilOduPerfMoneEthintervalEntry radwilMilOduPerfMonEthIintervalldx radwillMilOduPerfMonEthintervalRxMBy tes radwillMilOduPerfMonEthintervalTxMBy tes radwilMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalEthCa pacityThreshUnder radwllMilOduPerfMonEthintervalHighTr afficTh
274. s this threshold a performance monitoring TSL1 counter is incremented When the RX power exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring RSL1 counter is incremented When the RX power exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring RSL2 counter is incremented When the BBER exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring BBER counter is incremented The units are 1 10 of a percent When the current throughput is below this threshold the corresponding counter is incremented When the current traffic is above this threshold then corresponding counter is incremented If yes is chosen the iflndex Unit Severity E 21 Appendix E MIB Reference Name OID radwllIMilOduAgnGenSetMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 1 2 radwllMilOduAgnNTPCfgTimeServerIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 2 1 radwllMilOduAgnNTPCfgTimeOffsetFro 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 2 2 mUTC radwilMilOduAgnRealTimeAndDate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 2 3 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmLastChange 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 1 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTable radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmEntry radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmCounter 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 1 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmSeverity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 2 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmld 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 3 radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmlflndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 4 E 22 MIB Parameters Type Integer lpAddress Integer OctetString Integer Integer Integer Intege
275. scratch Option number 3 is a recommended option to prevent configuration mismatches 5 7 Running Diagnostic Loopback on TDM Interfaces TDM port connection can be tested by running local and remote internal and external loopbacks Local External Loopback A Local external loopback can be set to test the local E1 T1 port and its connection to local side user equipment In this mode data coming from the local user equipment is looped back to it This loopback is initiated from a managing computer connected to the local unit IDU C Test Equipment Figure 5 9 Local External Loopback Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Running Diagnostic Loopback on TDM Interfaces 5 15 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Installation and Operation Manual Remote Internal Loopback A remote internal loopback can be set to test connection between the local and remote units and between the local E1 T1 port and its connection to the local user equipment In this mode data coming from the local user equipment is looped back at the remote side This loopback is initiated from a managing computer connected to the local unit HU y ant oles Tew Equipment Figure 5 10 Remote Internal Loopback Remote External Loopback The remote unit can be set to an external loopback to test the remote E1 T1 port and its connection to the remote side user equipment In this mode data coming from the remote user equipment is looped back to it locally This loopba
276. sed by GE for Intrepid E 1 Interface API Control Method The Link Manager application provides all the means to configure and monitor an Intrepid Series Radio link communicating with the SNMP agent in each ODU Each SNMP agent contains data on each of the IDUs and ODUs in the link Both agents communicate with each other over the air using a proprietary protocol Note Each ODU has a single MAC address and a single IP address To control and configure the device using the MIB you should adhere to the following rules e The connection for control and configuration is to the local site over any SNMP UDP IP network e All parameters should be consistent between both of the ODUs Note that inconsistency of air parameters can break the air connection To correct air parameters inconsistency you must reconfigure each of the ODUs e Common practice is to configure the remote site first and then to configure the local Site e Forsome of the configuration parameters additional action must be taken before the new value is loaded Refer to the operation in the parameters description e Some of the MIB parameters values are product dependent It is strongly recommend using the Airmux Manager application for changing these values Setting wrong values may cause indeterminate results Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Interface API E 1 Appendix E MIB Reference Installation and Operation Manual Community String To control a link al
277. see how much remaining bandwidth is available for Ethernet You may set up QoS from either the Installation or Configuration wizards Before doing so set up for VLAN see Configuring VLANs above or Diffserv depending on which you intend to use To configure QoS 1 Using either the Installation or Configuration wizards navigate to the Services window and chose the QoS tab Configuring for Operation Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Link Configuration Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet QoS a Configure Ethernet Quality of Service Evaluate IDU A B Product RW 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 Monitor Link A Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 34 Services Window with QoS Selected Note Although QoS is a link oriented feature each site may have its own separate parameters Click the Configure button for a site 2 Select classification mode 802 1p VLAN or Diffserv Ethernet QoS Configuration A Disabled Disabled a0z 1 iori a O eee Maximum Information Rate Kbps Real Time Figure 4 35 Selecting Classification Mode 3 Configure QoS parameters for selected classification mode Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring
278. single parameter which is its description 1 Description Radio Link Out of Sync The reason is s s Is the reason Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual MIB Traps E 29 Appendix E MIB Reference Name detectIDU disconnectIDU mismatchIDU openedServices closedServices incompatibleODUs incompatiblelDUs incompatibleOduldu probingChannel radarDetected E 30 10 t 12 13 Severity normal major major normal normal critical major major normal normal MIB Traps Installation and Operation Manual Description Indicates that the IDU was detected Raised by both sides of the link Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description IDU of Type s was Detected s Is the type of the IDU Indicates that the IDU was disconnected Raised by both sides of the link Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description IDU Disconnected Indicates a mismatch between the IDUs Raised by the master only Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description IDUs Mismatch One Side is s and the Other is s s Is the type of the IDU Indicates that services were opened Raised by the master only Contains 3 parameters 1 Description n2 out of n1 Requested TDM Trunks have been Opened 2 n1 Is the requested number of TDM trunks 3 n2 Is the actual number of TDM trunks that were opened Indicates that services were
279. smission ratio for GSU display tx_phase Display transmission phase for GSU display gpsinfo display tdm Display GPS information for GSU Display clock mode master clock mode current clock quality 1 TDM display ntp table line status error blocks Display time server and offset Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuration and Management Alternatives 3 9 Chapter 3 Operation Command display PM lt interface AIR LAN1 LAN2 TDM1 TDM2 TDM3 TD M4 gt lt interval current day month gt set ip lt ipaddr gt lt subnetMask gt lt gateway gt set trap lt index 1 10 gt lt ipaddr gt lt port 0 65535 gt set readpw lt oldpasswd gt lt passwd gt set writepw lt oldpasswd gt lt passwd gt set trappw lt oldpasswd gt lt passwd gt set buzzer lt mode 0 OFF 1 ON gt set toc lt power Value between minimal TX power and maximal TX power gt set bridge lt mode 0 Bridging OFF 1 Bridging ON gt set name lt new name gt set location lt new location gt set contact lt new contact gt set Ethernet lt port MNG LAN1 LAN2 gt lt mode AUTO 10H 10F 100H 100F DISABLE gt set rfp lt index gt 2 6 set ratio lt ratio gt set tx_phase lt mode 1 normal 2 shifted gt reboot help Installation and Operation Manual Description Show the performance monitor tables for each interface according to user defined monitoring intervals Set the ODU IP address subnet mask and gateway The
280. sources disappeared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS multiple sync pulse sources disappeared Indicates that synchronization to a proper Sync source was achieved Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS sync pulse Up Indicates that HSS additional sync pulse disappeared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS additional sync pulse was disappeared Indicates that the TDM main link was activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM main link was activated Indicates that the remote ODU is authorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Authorized remote ODU connection accepted Indicates that the ODU is authorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Authorized ODU connection permitted Indicates that the Link Lock is disabled Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Link Authentication has been disabled Indicates that the Primary Link Was Activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Primary Link Is Active Indicates that a device was extracted from SFP Port Indicates the SFP port 1 status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description SFP port 1 status changed to connected s 2 s Is the Eth mode speed amp duplex Intrep
281. ssors and Grounding A grounding kit and surge arrestor unit must be located near the ODU and properly grounded as illustrated below Ground to GP E E aroung Figure D 2 Grounding a Typical Pole Installation GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding D 3 Appendix D Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Installation and Operation Manual Ground Figure D 3 Grounding a Typical Wall Installation The next figure illustrates a close up of the rear of grounded ODU DARAAA A A daha TTT Figure D 4 ODU Surge Suppressor and Grounding D 4 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix D Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Note The Transtector protection circuits shown in Figure D 5 below utilize silicon avalanche diode technology The unit consists of an outdoor rated NEMA 3R type enclosure with easy mounting flanges ground stud attachment and easy wiring The ALPU POE features RJ 45 protection circuits for the ODU IDU data pairs pins 1 2 and 3 6 and DC power pins 4 5 and 6 7 with the pairs bonded The unit is designed to be wall mounted An optional set of bracket is available to allow a wide range of pole mount applications A dedicated ground stud is provided inside the unit that must be bonded to the nearest grounding system or master ground bar for prope
282. stored Some terminology Normal State all member links are functional except the RPL which is blocked Blocked the air link is up but Ethernet traffic is not transmitted across the link The Ethernet service panel for the RPL in the Link Manager is labeled Idle Unblocked Ethernet traffic is transmitted across the RPL The Ethernet service panel for the RPL in the Link Manager is labeled Active Protection State a member link is broken and the RPL passes Ethernet traffic Ring Protection Link as described above Ring Link any member link controlled by the RPL Independent Link not subject to ring protection Ring Protection Message RPM control message used to monitor and control the ring Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Note e RPM messages are broadcast so it is essential to prevent flooding to associate the RPL and member Ring Links with a VLAN ID This requires in turn that equipment used in the ring either supports VLAN or can transparently pass through VLAN tagged packets e Itis recommended to use different VLANs for user management and ring traffic Ethernet Ring Behavior The following figure describes the RPL behavior during a ring failure and recovery cycle j tn d N d F Link s up and f blocked Lina down lt 7 x d A f a i f j 3 q F Pa Link is up
283. t j Invertory A Secunty Date amp Tim Advanced a Ethemet ES TOM Services i Extemal Alarms Link 1D TePoeet Operations imone vara Operator OC Mate Siwe i Jy To Actvate the S s Link iD contigue kasen Save and okok OCA es Figure l 2 Air Interface Dialog Box 5 Enter the Link ID and note it for use with the second site of the link 6 Check the Master radio button Activating FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Installation and Operation Manual Appendix FCC IC DFS Installation Procedure 7 Click OK The following window appears IP Adbeen 19 1682101 Sret Mek 255 7557550 Trap Destination 0 000 Date amp Tare BR ELSS HIVAS t5110 Fret to Locator IP Addes 190 166 2 501 Figure l 3 Active Manager Window Local ODU after Activation Probing Note The Link ID is shown in the Link name pane 8 Repeat the above procedure for the remote ODU ensuring that in the Air Interface window that you enter exactly the same Link ID but this time that you check the Slave radio button If both ODUs are powered up after a minute or so a link will be established If you are still connected to the remote site from the previous steps the window of Figure I 3 will look like this Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Activating FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link l 3 Appendix FCC IC DFS Installation Procedure Installation and Operation Manual Erro
284. t both sites 5 8 Handling Events Severity Warning Error Information Information Information Warning Warning Warning Warning Information Warning Warning Warning Warning Remedy NMS will not catch any traps from target some other application has grabbed this port Check connectivity to target Check connection to the target ODU and repeat the reset Check connection to the target ODU and repeat the reset Free some space on disk and retry Operating system error Set up a different IP to each site NMS is incompatible with the target release Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics Trap Message Severity Remedy Product Not Identified Warning The Manager identified a newer ODU release at the Warning ODU release is newer than NMS lt remote_site_name gt site release Wizards are not available NMS will be used just for monitoring Upgrade the NMS You will get this message as a pop up The Manager identified a newer ODU release at both sites Warning The Manager identified a newer ODU release at the Warning lt local_site_name gt site Newer Version identified at the lt local_site_name gt site Warning ODU release is newer than NMS release Wizards are not available NMS will be used just for monitoring Upgrade the NMS Newer Version identified at the lt remote_site_name gt site Warning Newer
285. t clock type to be one of the following Transparent Transparent The clock at Site A regenerates the clock from Site B and vice versa Loop time Recover The Site A port receive clock is used as the transmit clock for that port on both sides of the link Recover Loop time The Site B port receive clock is used as the transmit clock for that port on both sides of the link Internal Recover The Site A port uses its internal oscillator to generate its transmit clock while the Site B port regenerates the clock received at the Site A port Recover Internal The Site B port uses its internal oscillator to generate its transmit clock while the Site A port regenerates the clock received at the Site B port Completing the Link Installation The last screen of the link installation wizards allows you to view the configuration summary To complete the link installation e Inthe Installation Summary dialog box click Done The main Link manager window is displayed Figure 2 55 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 51 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Link Installation Wizard Completing the Link Installation Wizard You have successfully completed the Link Installation Wizard Services 7xE1 Ethernet Channel GHz 5 820 Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Link ID EBG_20561334 To close this wizard click Done Ca
286. t is recommended to prevent these packets from propagating into the network e Mixed ring Some of the hops are connected through non links AN g an e Repeater sites Some of the hops are connected through links with PoE devices not supporting ring functionality OO i O0 Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring the Link 4 9 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Note 4 10 e Shared ring RAD rings with shared hops a EER FFEN Y a lt 7 Ca i ee b 1 t e A link hop can be a part of up to 4 rings e The RPL cannot be a shared link e The two RPLs should use different Minimum Time for Activation values to prevent duplicate action causing a loop Protection Switching Protection switching occurs upon failure in the ring The Ethernet service restoration time depends on the number of hops in the ring With four hops the Ethernet service is restored in less than 50 ms In single and dual homed topologies the service restoration may take longer due to the aging time of the external switches Switches that are immediately aware of routing changes reduce the restoration time Hardware Considerations Ethernet Ring Protection is supported by the IDU S IDU C and PoE A typical Ring Protection Link consists of an IDU S or IDU E a PoE and two ODUs as shown in Figure 4 8 Hence one end of the RPL and of ring controlled links as shown in Figure 4 8 has to be an IDU It is recommen
287. ted on a pole or a wall In both installations the supplied mounting kit is used to secure the ODU A mast sited ODU typically uses a pole attached to the mast An Intrepid Series Radio link operates in pairs of two ODUs with the same configuration Both ODUs must be installed and the antennas aligned for maximum throughput Prior to connecting cables to the ODU the protective earth terminal screw of the ODU must be connected to an external protective ground conductor or to a grounded pole e Only a qualified person using the proper safety equipment should climb the antenna mast e Only qualified professional personnel should install or dismantle ODUs and masts To mount the ODU ona pole or a wall 1 Ensure that the ODU is properly grounded 2 Mount the ODU onto the pole or wall Ensure that the unit is oriented so that the cable connectors are at the bottom If they are on top water may penetrate into the unit causing damage It is possible to mount an ODU horizontally 3 Refer to Appendix B for detailed ODU mounting kit contents and schematics e Do not tighten the ODU to its mounting brackets until the alignment process of the antenna is complete e Ensure that there are no direct obstructions in front of the ODU or interference from man made obstacles Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Outdoor Installation 2 9 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Mounting External Antennas W
288. th the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard Hub Site Synchronization Settings Settings for reducing mutual interference between multiple units at the Hub Site Synchronization Status Status A B Operation Independent Unit Independent Unit Synchronization MIA HIA External Pulses Mot Detected Mot Detected Configure Operational States Enabled These settings will apply to both sites Expected Operational States Configure Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 2 39 HSS Settings Configuring the Services Intrepid Series Radio supports Ethernet and TDM services which are configured via the Services dialog box For Intrepid Ultra Series Radio models allocate asymmetric Ethernet capacity by changing the transmission ratio between the sites see Configuring Asymmetric Ethernet Capacity below For Intrepid Series Radio models and collocated links proceed to Configuring TDM Services below Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Working with the Link Manager Application 2 41 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate From the lists below Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ring Ethernet Qos Services Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive wt Distance D km D Miles Transmission Rat
289. the IDU panel RJ 45 ports designated LAN Aligning ODUs To align ODUs with integrated antennas or external bipolar antennas 1 For external dual polarized antennas Using a coax cable with N Type connectors connect the vertical polarization connector of the antenna to the ANT 1 connector of the ODU 2 For external dual polarized antennas Using a coax cable with N Type connectors connect the horizontal polarization connector of the antenna to the ANT 2 connector of the ODU 3 Ensure that power is connected to the IDUs at both sites 4 Ensure normal operation of the IDUs by the LED indications on the front panel 5 Provided that site A detects the signal from site B the ODU starts beeping 20 seconds after power up and continues beeping until the ODUs are aligned and the installation is complete 6 Inthe following steps antenna refers both to an external antenna and an integrated antenna 7 Direct the antenna of site B in the direction of site A This is simplified if a previous site survey has been completed and azimuths are known When aligning the antennas do not stand in front of a live antenna Warning 8 Make a horizontal sweep of 180 degrees with the site A antenna so that the strongest signal from site B can be detected 9 Slowly turn the site A antenna back towards the position of site B listening to the tone until the best signal is reached See the following figure for audible signal variations
290. ties Sealing material e Cables and connectors 2 ODU grounding cable 12 AWG IDU grounding cable 18 AWG ODU IDU cable outdoor class CAT 5e 4 twisted pairs 24 AWG Installation Sequence Install the Intrepid system according to the following the steps 1 Survey the site Mount the ODUs Mount the external antennas if used Mount the lightning protection devices if used Mount the IDUs Perform indoor connections 2 5 4 5 Perform outdoor connections 6 7 8 Align the ODUs antennas Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Release 2 5 Quick Start Guide Installation and Operation Manual 3 Installing the Intrepid Radio Units Mounting the ODUs To mount the ODU on a pole or a wall 1 Ensure that the ODU is properly grounded 2 Mount the ODU onto the pole or wall Ensure that the unit is oriented so that the cable connectors are at the bottom If they are on top water may penetrate into the unit causing damage Notes e Do not tighten the ODU to its mounting brackets until the alignment process of the antenna is complete e Ensure that there are no direct obstructions in front of the ODU or interference from man made obstacles Mounting an External Antenna To mount an external antenna 1 To mount an external antenna ensures that the antenna is properly grounded and then mounts the antenna onto the pole 2 Follow the mounting instructions supplied with the antenna Performing
291. tive Distance IDU B Product AirMux 400 IDUVE 16TDM AirMux 400 IDVE 16TDM HW Version a T SW Version 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 j i Cancel Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 2 49 Selecting Modulation Rate Configuring TDM Jitter Buffer Size The receiver jitter buffer for each site can be enlarged thereby increasing system resistance to interference the larger the jitter buffer the longer the interference period that the system overcomes without TDM errors You can also decrease the jitter buffer to decrease the system delay The jitter buffer can be configured between 2 0 and 16 0 ms To configure TDM jitter buffer size 1 Click the TDM Jitter Buffer tab The TDM Jitter Buffer Configuration dialog box is displayed 2 48 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate from the lists below ng Ethernet QoS B Service TDM Jitter Buffer Hot Standby Ri Size ms 5 2 g A Warning Changing TDM Jitter Buffer size will affect the TOM delay IDU A B Product AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM AirMux 400 IDUE 16TDM HY Version 3 SW Version 2 5 00_b3700_May 132010 2 5 00_b3700_May 13 2010 Monitor Link Radio Interf
292. tive Read wWrite Community Enter the Alternative Read Write Community aj Figure 4 23 Alternative Community Dialog Box Setting SNMP Timeouts When using SNMP management systems you can define monitor interval and timeout To configure SNMP timeouts 1 From the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box Tools gt Preferences select the required monitor interval and timeout values in seconds 2 Click OK to finish Preterences Montor Events A4dvarced Alerts Restore Alet hack fre Lpdahos T Enable Check for Updates Irmerface Langues lef mas FUP parameters Montor rtervat Tereant i Figure 4 24 Preferences Dialog Box Advanced Tab Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Management 4 25 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual 44 Configuring for Operation Changing the Transmit Power Caution Each site can have a different transmit power level Changing the Tx Power affects service quality The same considerations apply here as were noted in the Installation procedure described in Chapter 2 To change the transmit power 1 Click Configuration from the main menu 2 Select which site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens Select Air Interface see Figure 4 25 4 Select the required Transmit Power Level see Configuring Transmit Power and Antenna Settings in Chapter 2 5 Click Apply to save the changes 3 Sit
293. transparent Independent timing per port Tx and Rx RJ 45 ITU T G 703 G 826 HDB3 E1 B8ZS AMI T1 Configurable 5 20 ms E1 120Q balanced T1 100Q balanced According to ITU T G 823 G 824 IDU 2 IDU E 3 2 ports 10 100BaseT 1 port Fast Ethernet SFP IEEE 802 3u Self learning up to 2048 MAC addresses MAC layer bridging self learning 3 msec typical 1009 10 100BaseT Yes RJ 45 10 100BaseT LC SFP based Technical Specifications 1 11 Chapter 1 Introduction Management Indicators Alarm Connector Power Physical Environment Application Protocol PWR green IDU green ODU green red AIR I F green red SVC green red HSS STBY Connector Electrical Characteristics DC Power Consumption Connector ODU with integrated antenna Temperature Humidity Technical Specifications Installation and Operation Manual PulseNet SNMP Telnet Power status IDU only IDU E status ODU to IDU link status Link status E1 T1 signal status HSS status Standby mode status DB 25 female Dry contact 30V 2A Max input current 0 01A at 0 5W R 5k 20 to 60 VDC 24 VDC or 48 VDC nominal via AC DC converter 35W max ODU with IDU 3 pin terminal block Height 371 mm 14 8 in Width 371 mm 14 8 in Depth 9 mm 3 6 in Weight 3 5 kg 7 Ib Height 45 mm 1 7 in Width 436 mm 17 2 in Depth 210 mm 8 3 in Weight 1 5 kg 3 3 Ib ODU 35
294. tton 4 Confirm the operation by selecting Yes 5 4 Collecting Unified Performance Information The Get Diagnostic Information feature collects all the link and manager information which can be used for diagnostics In the event of needing to contact technical support send this file so as to speed up the assistance To get diagnostic information 1 Click Help on the menu bar select Diagnostic Information The Get Link Information dialog box appears See Figure 5 8 2 Select or deselect the data options If the file is to be sent to Technical Support leave all options checked 3 Click File Path to get to the directory to save the file in 4 Click Start to save the information The file is saved as Diagnostic Information txt Ti Get Diagnostics Information File Help gt fal y Start File Path Close Available Data System Data Events Log Link Information Site Configuration Achve Alarms Performance Monitor Monitor Spectrum View File Path d SMy Documents Diagnastics Information txt Diagnostics Information process has been completed Figure 5 8 Get Diagnostic Information 5 5 Troubleshooting Use Table 5 7 and Table 5 7 to diagnose any faults in the system Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Troubleshooting 5 13 Chapter 5 Monitoring and Diagnostics LED PWR IDU ODU AIR I F SVC HSS STBY Symptom No power No signal Weak signal Install
295. tton on the main tool bar of the Link Manager or Click Configuration from the main menu and select which site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens see Figure 4 19 TLE TEA Fie Atoe Help bi Backup eos Syriam w STF inesrtace ME Tx Power amp Ant J Hub Site Bene Eo Management 1 361 41 291220 312 F Invertor T security C Date amp Tone O advanced ak Ethernet Ed TDM Serives at Extarmmal Alime Operations Lat Piovese Ug 04 08 2008 08 30 41 Figure 4 19 System Configuration Dialog Box 2 Select the appropriate item in the left hand list to open a dialog box 3 Click Apply to save the changes 4 3 Configuring tor Management To allow access to the device using the Intrepid Series Radio management utility or Telnet it is necessary to configure its management parameters including system information IP address VLANs optional and SNMP communities optional Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Configuring for Management 4 19 Chapter 4 Configuration Installation and Operation Manual Configuring the System Information You can assign a name to the system contact person and location to distinguish it from the other systems at your disposal To configure the system information e From the System dialog box Figure 4 19 configure the following Name system name Contact system contact person Location system location Defining the Management Addresses 4 20 Note
296. ufferMaxSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 16 radwilMillduTdmJitterBufferSizeEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 17 radwilMillduTdmType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 18 radwllMillduTdmTypeEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 19 radwllMillduTdmLineStatusStr 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 20 radwllMillduTdmHotStandbySupport 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 21 radwillMillduTdmDesiredHotStandbyMo 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 22 de radwlIMillduTdmHotStandbyOperation 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 23 Status E 28 MIB Parameters Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer DisplayString Integer Integer Integer SSOD0V RW RO N A N A RO RW RO RW RO RO RO RW RW RW RO RO RW RO Installation and Operation Manual Description valid values are 1 2 31 where a value of 1 is used to indicate an undefined state Evaluated TDM service bit mask Setting this parameter to value that is bigger than the activated TDM service bit mask will execute the evaluation process for 30 seconds Setting this parameter to O will stop the evaluation process immediately Number of TDM backup trunks IDU TDM Links Statistics table IDU TDM Links Statistics table entry INDEX radwl MillduTdmBackupIndex Table index TDM backup mode Enable or Disable where the main link is the air link or the external link Changes will be effective i
297. units at a central site Like any other RF deployment the wireless operation is highly dependent on factors such as available frequencies the physical spacing between radios other interfering radios or GE MDS Intrepid units are installed Note e HSS does not eliminate the need for careful RF planning to ensure the design will work as planned See Chapter 2 for information on installation site survey The Hub Site Synchronization HSS method uses a cable connected from the master ODU to all collocated ODUs this cable carries pulses sent to each ODU which synchronize their transmission with each other The pulse synchronization ensures that transmission occurs at the same time for all collocated units This also results in all of the hub site units receiving data at the same time eliminating the possibility of interference that could result if Some units transmit while other units at the same location receive Figure G 1 shows interference caused by non synchronized collocated units Figure G 1 Interference Caused by Collocated Units Adding HSS removes interference as shown in the next two figures Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Hardware Installation G 1 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual gt v a Figure G 2 Collocated units using Hub Site Synchronization A Figure G 3 Collocated units using Hub Site Synchronization B The units are connected to each
298. uration procedure is the same as during the link installation process see Selecting TDM Clock Type in Chapter 2 Link Configuration Wizard TOM Parameters Configure the TOM Parameters below TH Clock Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Master Clack i independen Dock Per Far Supported Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dam Figure 4 16 Link Configuration Wizard TDM Parameters Dialog Box 4 16 Configuring the Link Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 4 Configuration Completing the Link Configuration The last screen of the link installation wizards allows you to view the configuration summary To complete the link configuration e Inthe Installation Summary dialog box click Done The main Link Manager window is displayed Figure 4 18 Link Configuration Wizard Completing the Link Configuration Wizard You have successfully completed the Link Configuration Wizard Services 7xE1 Ethernet Channel GHz 5 840 Channel BY MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Link ID EBG_20561334 To close this wizard click Done Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 17 Link Configuration Wizard Final Screen The Finish screen appears showing a summary of the link configuration see Figure 4 17 e Click Done to complete the configuration wizard The Main menu is displayed Caution After completing the link setup change the default IP a
299. w andrew com GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Grounding for Antenna Cable D 1 Appendix D Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Installation and Operation Manual Dual Polarization Antenna Coax cables grounded to the pole within 30 cm of the antenna Connectorized ODU Coax cables grounded to the pole within 30 cm of the ODU 3g Andrew Grounding Kit 3 Figure D 1 Grounding Antenna Cables D 3 Grounding for Outdoor Indoor Units ODU and IDU of the Intrepid system must be grounded ODU Grounding Intrepid uses a shielded CAT 5e cable to interconnect the outdoor ODU and indoor IDU units However this shielding does not provide a good lightning discharge path since it cannot tolerate the high lightning current surges To provide an alternate lightning discharge path the ODU and antenna grounding posts should be connected to ground point by a 10 AWG short copper wire The device must be permanently connected to ground IDU Grounding The IDUs grounding post should be connected to the internal ground point using a grounding wire of at least 10 AWG The grounding wire should be connected to a grounding rod or the building grounding system The device must be permanently connected to ground D 2 Grounding for Outdoor Indoor Units GE MDS Intrepid Series Radio Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual Appendix D Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines D 4 External Lightning Surge Suppre
300. x Tx i Tx Ty ODU 3 Rx Rx Rx Ry i RFP i q Figure G 9 Radio Frame Pattern Five RFP types A to E are available Under HSS the RFP must be configured by the user depending on the type of the radio products services and channel bandwidth in accordance with the Table H 1 and Table H 2 The tables describe the efficiency of the air interface according to the RFP type radio products mix services and channel bandwidth The tables may also be viewed in the Link Manager and in the Link Budget Calculator fo GE MDS Intrepid The efficiency of the air interface will vary according to the product used Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Radio Frame Pattern Table G 7 Appendix G Hub Site Synchronization Installation and Operation Manual RFP mood RFP Note Note H 8 Table H 1 Radio Frame Pattern Table older Intrepid Radios 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz N A Z w N A Table H 2 Radio Frame Pattern Table GE MDS Intrepid 40 MHz 20 MHz 10 MHz Legend Fit available RFP for TDM and Ethernet services Best optimal RFP for TDM and Ethernet services N A service unavailable Select the RFP that gives you the Best or Fit for required system services and select the channel bandwidth accordingly The RFP must be the same for each link within the collocated system Five RFP types A to E are available The RFP is selected depending on the type of the radio products services and channel
301. x D Perform outdoor connections see Outdoor Connections Mount the IDUs see Mounting the IDUs Perform indoor connections Connecting the ODU to the IDU oS Se PS LY a Align the ODUs antennas page Figure 2 3 illustrates a typical installation of Intrepid Series Radio with an external antenna Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation Sequence 2 5 Chapter 2 Installation and Setup Installation and Operation Manual Figure 2 3 Typical Installation Diagram with External Antenna 2 6 Surveying the Site This section explains how to survey the site intended for Intrepid Series Radio installation Planning the Link Site Link site planning consists of a set of surveys which must be carried out before any equipment is brought to the site If for some reason the outcome of any of these surveys is negative site re location will need to be considered A site survey consists of three stages e Preliminary survey The proposed link is analyzed in the office using a topographic map e Physical survey The locations of the Intrepid Series Radio indoor and outdoor equipment are determined on site e Radio Frequency RF survey It is recommended that the installation area be scanned with a spectrum analyzer to identify RF interference so as to determine a clear channel for Intrepid Series Radio installation on site 2 6 Surveying the Site GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manu
302. x two antennas per site e Spectral power measurements in 5 MHz channel granularity e Current average and maximum power per channel e Indication of Channels free from radars Channels with radars detected Barred channels for DFS bands e Indication of scanned and unscanned channels e Indication of channels selected for ACS e Notation of the current operational channel of the Intrepid Series Radio link 2 22 Working with the Link Manager Application GE MDS Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 6 Installation and Operation Manual Chapter 2 Installation and Setup e Timestamp of the last spectrum scan e Further it supports zoom capability selective view of antennas and sites constituting the link and selectable detail level Changing the Display Moving the mouse anywhere over one the display areas changes it to a cross hair The mouse may then be used to select an area for zooming or to enable a right click System menu Antenna B Power d Em j l l Wi yi O Lt O r co oo Wi Wi Wi Fraquancy MHz Tima Stamp 2107 2009 08 53 37 Figure 2 20 Mouse Pointer Active for Zooming To zoom on specific channels 1 Press the right mouse button down 2 Selecta rectangle on a spectrum view display above the channels in interest Antenna B Power dBm io Wo i ui co M Pe i M M Fe pmm a uo uw Frequency MHz Time Stamp 21007 2009 08 39 37 Figure 2 2
303. xpectedRange T ExpectedRange 2 2 The Fresnel zone height is calculated as The boresight clearance height is calculated Rm ean 6367 4425Km where C 4 Using the Link Budget Calculator Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra Ver 2 5 Installation and Operation Manual C 2 Appendix C Link Budget Calculator Using the Link Budget Calculator To use the Link Budget Calculator for Intrepid Series Radio 1 Choose a product from the drop down list or choose a Regulation and Band Band Product series Channel Bandwidth Tx Power Antenna Type Antenna Gain Radio Cable Loss EIRF Fade Margin Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin hlin Range Max RequiredClimate Type Services Ethernet Throughput Installation Antenna heightfor Los Link A Link 5 F30 5 845 GHz FCCC Integrated 5 485 5 770 GHz FCC Integrated 5 485 5 770 GHz IC Integrated 5 260 5 340 GHz FCCC Integrated 4945 4 955 GHz FCCC Integrated 2 412 2 462 GHz FCCC Integrated 5 835 5 865 GHe WPC Integrated 5 740 5 835 GHz Ml Integrated 5 730 5 870 GHz ETSI Integrated 5 480 5 715 GHz ETSI Integrated 5 155 5 345 GHz ETSI Integrated 5 700 6 050 GHz Universal Integrated 5 740 5 950 GHe Universal Integrated 5 475 5 720 GHe Universal Integrated 5 150 5 335 GHz Universal Integrated 4 500 5 000 GHz Universal Integrated 2 307 2 472 GHz Universal Integrated Conmectorized Products All Products F Oe TT 0 1 Kei 0 1 Miles 15 4 ken 9 6 Miles ho km
304. y Once operational the Link Manager window is the same as for other Link Models Here is the Link Manager main window upon completion of the wizard Linke PSr OTI Vek DD EPSO Sektes Et Ethernet fregano Geb 510 RSS dam Chamneiow Pe 230 Rate Miest Adaptimi Seem Lb Aetra Hado Pinreces IP Ackbese 192 100 2100 Suret Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Detroiter 0 0 0 0 i Sac IP Adress 192 169 2102 Sudret Mask 285 255 285 0 Trap Gestation 0 0 0 0 Oeste amp Tere SUAS 15 1101 Corrected tp Locator IP fckivess 192 068 2 10 Figure I 6 FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link is Operational Intrepid and Intrepid Ultra User Manual Configuring FCC IC 5 4 5 3 GHz Link l 5 Appendix J GPS Synchronization The GPS based synchronization unit GSU is designed to handle inter site interferences under large scale deployment scenarios The GSU is an outdoor unit consisting of a standard wireless link enclosure a GPS antenna and a PoE device The GSU is connected to the HSS Unit using a standard HSS cable It synchronizes the transmission timing of multiple hub sites to the same clock source thus eliminating mutual interference The GSU receives a synchronization signal from the GPS once per second It distributes a proprietary synchronization signal to all other ODU units using the RS 422 protocol and the standard HSS mechanism where the GSU acts as an HSM unit When the GSU doesn t receive a synchronization signal from the
305. y Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Link Password has been changed at on s s Is the Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 1 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 1 lt User Text gt Alarm Cleared This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 2 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 2 lt User Text gt Alarm Cleared Indicates the LAN port 1 status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description LAN port 1 status changed to connected s 2 s Is the Eth mode speed amp duplex Indicates the LAN port 2 status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description LAN port 2 status changed to connected s 2 s Is the Eth mode speed amp duplex Indicates the management port status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description Management port status changed to connected s 2 s Is the Eth mode speed amp duplex This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 3 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 3 lt User Text gt Alarm Cleared This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 4 is cleared

MDS Intrepid MDS Intrepid Ultra

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents